SemaDecl.cpp revision 181e3ecc0907ae0103586a9f4db52241995a8267
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 862 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 863 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 864 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 865 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 866 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 867 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 868 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 869 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 870 return ParsedType::make(T); 871 } 872 873 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 874 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 875 876 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 877 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 878} 879 880// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 881// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 882// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 883DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 884 885 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 886 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 887 // the context we'll need to return to. 888 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 889 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 890 891 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 892 // lexical context. 893 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 894 return DC; 895 896 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 897 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 898 // class is the context we need to return to. 899 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 900 DC = RD; 901 902 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 903 // declared in. 904 return DC; 905 } 906 907 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 908} 909 910void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 911 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 912 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 913 CurContext = DC; 914 S->setEntity(DC); 915} 916 917void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 918 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 919 920 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 921 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 922} 923 924/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 925/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 926/// 927void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 928 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 929 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 930 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 931 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 932 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 933 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 934 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 935 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 936 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 937 // namespace. 938 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 939 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 940 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 941 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 942 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 943 944 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 945 946#ifndef NDEBUG 947 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 948 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 949 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 950#endif 951 952 CurContext = DC; 953 S->setEntity(DC); 954} 955 956void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 957 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 958 959 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 960 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 961 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 962 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 963 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 964 965 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 966 // disappear. 967} 968 969 970void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 971 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 972 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 973 // We assume that the caller has already called 974 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 975 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 976 } 977 if (!FD) 978 return; 979 980 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 981 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 982 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 983 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 984 CurContext = FD; 985 S->setEntity(CurContext); 986 987 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 988 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 989 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 990 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 991 S->AddDecl(Param); 992 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 993 } 994 } 995} 996 997 998void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 999 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1000 // rather than the top-level class. 1001 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1002 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1003 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1004} 1005 1006 1007/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1008/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1009/// 1010/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1011/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1012/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1013/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1014/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1015/// attribute. 1016static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1017 ASTContext &Context) { 1018 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1019 return true; 1020 1021 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1022 return true; 1023 1024 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1025 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1026} 1027 1028/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1029void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1030 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1031 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1032 // scope. 1033 while (S->getEntity() && 1034 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1035 S = S->getParent(); 1036 1037 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1038 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1039 // into any context. 1040 if (AddToContext) 1041 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1042 1043 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1044 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1045 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1046 D->isOutOfLine() && 1047 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1048 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1049 return; 1050 1051 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1052 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1053 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1054 return; 1055 1056 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1057 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1058 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1059 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1060 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1061 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1062 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1063 1064 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1065 break; 1066 } 1067 } 1068 1069 S->AddDecl(D); 1070 1071 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1072 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1073 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1074 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1075 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1076 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1077 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1078 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1079 continue; 1080 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1081 break; 1082 } 1083 1084 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1085 } else { 1086 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1087 } 1088} 1089 1090void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1091 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1092 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1093} 1094 1095bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1096 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1097 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1098 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1099} 1100 1101Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1102 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1103 do { 1104 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1105 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1106 return S; 1107 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1108 1109 return 0; 1110} 1111 1112static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1113 DeclContext*, 1114 ASTContext&); 1115 1116/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1117/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1118void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1119 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1120 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1121 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1122 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1123 while (F.hasNext()) { 1124 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1125 1126 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1127 continue; 1128 1129 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1130 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1131 continue; 1132 1133 F.erase(); 1134 } 1135 1136 F.done(); 1137} 1138 1139static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1140 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1141 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1142 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1143} 1144 1145/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1146static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1147 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1148 while (F.hasNext()) 1149 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1150 F.erase(); 1151 1152 F.done(); 1153} 1154 1155/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1156/// @code 1157/// class S { 1158/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1159/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1160/// }; 1161/// @endcode 1162static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1163 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1164 // the decl here. 1165 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1166 return false; 1167 1168 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1169 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1170 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1171 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1172 return false; 1173} 1174 1175// We need this to handle 1176// 1177// typedef struct { 1178// void *foo() { return 0; } 1179// } A; 1180// 1181// When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1182// for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1183// foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1184// of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1185// Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1186// not. 1187bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1188 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1189 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1190 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1191 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1192 return true; 1193 } 1194 DC = DC->getParent(); 1195 } 1196 1197 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1198} 1199 1200bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1201 assert(D); 1202 1203 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1204 return false; 1205 1206 // Ignore class templates. 1207 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1208 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1209 return false; 1210 1211 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1212 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1213 return false; 1214 1215 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1216 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1217 return false; 1218 } else { 1219 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1220 // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration, 1221 // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized 1222 // static template functions. 1223 if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1224 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1225 return false; 1226 } 1227 1228 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1229 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1230 return false; 1231 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1232 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1233 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1234 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1235 // intended to be used. 1236 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1237 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1238 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1239 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1240 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1241 return false; 1242 1243 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1244 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1245 return false; 1246 1247 } else { 1248 return false; 1249 } 1250 1251 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1252 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1253} 1254 1255void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1256 if (!D) 1257 return; 1258 1259 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1260 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1261 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1262 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1263 } 1264 1265 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1266 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1267 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1268 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1269 } 1270 1271 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1272 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1273} 1274 1275static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1276 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1277 return false; 1278 1279 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1280 return false; 1281 1282 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1283 return true; 1284 1285 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1286 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1287 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1288 return false; 1289 1290 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1291 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1292 1293 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1294 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1295 1296 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1297 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1298 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1299 return false; 1300 } 1301 1302 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1303 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1304 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1305 return false; 1306 1307 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1308 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1309 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1310 return false; 1311 1312 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1313 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1314 return false; 1315 1316 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1317 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1318 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1319 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1320 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1321 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1322 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1323 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1324 return false; 1325 } 1326 } 1327 } 1328 } 1329 1330 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1331 } 1332 1333 return true; 1334} 1335 1336static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1337 FixItHint &Hint) { 1338 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1339 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1340 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1341 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1342 return; 1343 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1344 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1345 } 1346 return; 1347} 1348 1349/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1350/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1351void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1352 FixItHint Hint; 1353 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1354 return; 1355 1356 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1357 1358 unsigned DiagID; 1359 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1360 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1361 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1362 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1363 else 1364 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1365 1366 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1367} 1368 1369static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1370 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1371 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1372 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1373 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1374 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1375} 1376 1377void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1378 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1379 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1380 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1381 1382 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1383 I != E; ++I) { 1384 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1385 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1386 1387 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1388 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1389 1390 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1391 1392 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1393 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1394 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1395 1396 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1397 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1398 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1399 1400 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1401 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1402 } 1403} 1404 1405void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1406 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1407} 1408 1409void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1410 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1411 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1412} 1413 1414/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1415/// 1416/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1417/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1418/// to the fixed name. 1419/// 1420/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1421/// 1422/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1423/// if there is no class with the given name. 1424/// 1425/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1426/// class could not be found. 1427ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1428 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1429 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1430 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1431 // creation from this context. 1432 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1433 1434 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1435 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1436 // find an Objective-C class name. 1437 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1438 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1439 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1440 Validator)) { 1441 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1442 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1443 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1444 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1445 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1446 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1447 1448 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1449 } 1450 } 1451 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1452 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1453 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1454 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1455 return Def; 1456} 1457 1458/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1459/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1460/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1461/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1462/// ill-formed in C++: 1463/// @code 1464/// struct S6 { 1465/// enum { BAR } e; 1466/// }; 1467/// 1468/// void test_S6() { 1469/// struct S6 a; 1470/// a.e = BAR; 1471/// } 1472/// @endcode 1473/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1474/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1475/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1476/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1477/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1478/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1479/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1480/// contain non-field names. 1481Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1482 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1483 (S->getEntity() && 1484 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1485 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1486 S = S->getParent(); 1487 return S; 1488} 1489 1490/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1491/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1492/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1493/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1494static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1495 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1496 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1497 return; 1498 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1499 1500 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1501 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1502 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1503 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1504 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1505 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1506} 1507 1508/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1509/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1510/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1511/// built-in. 1512NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1513 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1514 SourceLocation Loc) { 1515 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1516 1517 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1518 1519 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1520 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1521 switch (Error) { 1522 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1523 // Okay 1524 break; 1525 1526 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1527 if (ForRedeclaration) 1528 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1529 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1530 return 0; 1531 1532 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1533 if (ForRedeclaration) 1534 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1535 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1536 return 0; 1537 1538 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1539 if (ForRedeclaration) 1540 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1541 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1542 return 0; 1543 } 1544 1545 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1546 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1547 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1548 << R; 1549 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1550 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1551 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1552 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1553 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1554 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1555 } 1556 1557 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1558 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1559 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1560 SC_Extern, 1561 false, 1562 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1563 New->setImplicit(); 1564 1565 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1566 // FunctionDecl. 1567 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1568 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1569 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1570 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1571 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1572 SourceLocation(), 0, 1573 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1574 SC_None, 0); 1575 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1576 Params.push_back(parm); 1577 } 1578 New->setParams(Params); 1579 } 1580 1581 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1582 1583 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1584 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1585 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1586 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1587 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1588 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1589 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1590 CurContext = SavedContext; 1591 return New; 1592} 1593 1594/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1595/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1596/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1597/// entity. 1598static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1599 NamedDecl *decl, 1600 LookupResult &previous){ 1601 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1602 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1603 return; 1604 1605 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1606 if (previous.empty()) 1607 return; 1608 1609 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1610 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1611 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1612 1613 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1614 if (!old->isHidden()) 1615 continue; 1616 1617 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1618 filter.erase(); 1619 } 1620 1621 filter.done(); 1622} 1623 1624bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1625 QualType OldType; 1626 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1627 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1628 else 1629 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1630 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1631 1632 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1633 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1634 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1635 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1636 << Kind << NewType; 1637 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1638 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1639 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1640 return true; 1641 } 1642 1643 if (OldType != NewType && 1644 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1645 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1646 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1647 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1649 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1650 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1651 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1652 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1653 return true; 1654 } 1655 return false; 1656} 1657 1658/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1659/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1660/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1661/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1662/// 1663void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1664 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1665 // merging checks. 1666 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1667 1668 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1669 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1670 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1671 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1672 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1673 default: break; 1674 case 2: 1675 { 1676 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1677 break; 1678 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1679 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1680 break; 1681 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1682 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1683 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1684 break; 1685 } 1686 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1687 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1688 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1689 return; 1690 } 1691 case 5: 1692 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1693 break; 1694 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1695 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1696 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1697 return; 1698 case 3: 1699 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1700 break; 1701 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1702 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1703 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1704 return; 1705 } 1706 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1707 } 1708 1709 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1710 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1711 if (!Old) { 1712 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1713 << New->getDeclName(); 1714 1715 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1716 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1717 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1718 1719 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1720 } 1721 1722 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1723 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1724 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1725 1726 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1727 // with any extensions enabled. 1728 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1729 return; 1730 1731 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1732 // declaration was a typedef. 1733 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1734 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1735 1736 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1737 return; 1738 1739 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1740 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1741 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1742 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1743 // to the type to which it already refers. 1744 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1745 return; 1746 1747 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1748 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1749 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1750 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1751 // 1752 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1753 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1754 // 1755 // struct S { 1756 // typedef struct A { } A; 1757 // }; 1758 // 1759 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1760 // allow the above but disallow 1761 // 1762 // struct S { 1763 // typedef int I; 1764 // typedef int I; 1765 // }; 1766 // 1767 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1768 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1769 return; 1770 1771 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1772 << New->getDeclName(); 1773 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1774 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1775 } 1776 1777 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1778 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1779 return; 1780 1781 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1782 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1783 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1784 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1785 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1786 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1787 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1788 return; 1789 1790 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1791 << New->getDeclName(); 1792 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1793 return; 1794} 1795 1796/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1797/// attribute. 1798static bool 1799DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1800 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1801 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1802 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1803 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1804 if (AA) 1805 return false; 1806 1807 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1808 switch (A->getKind()) { 1809 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1810 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1811 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1812 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1813 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1814 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1815 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1816 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1817 case attr::GuardedBy: 1818 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1819 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1820 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1821 return false; 1822 default: 1823 ; 1824 } 1825 1826 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1827 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1828 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1829 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1830 if (Ann) { 1831 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1832 return true; 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1836 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1837 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1838 return true; 1839 } 1840 1841 return false; 1842} 1843 1844static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1845 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1846 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1847 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1848 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1849 return true; 1850} 1851 1852/// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1853/// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1854/// 1855/// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1856static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1857 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1858 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1859 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1860 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1861 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1862 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1863 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1864 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1865 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1866 // in a case like: 1867 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1868 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1869 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1870 // definition in such a case. 1871 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1872 return false; 1873 1874 if (I->isAlignas()) 1875 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1876 1877 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1878 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1879 OldAlign = Align; 1880 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1881 } 1882 } 1883 1884 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1885 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1886 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1887 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1888 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1889 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1890 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1891 return false; 1892 1893 if (I->isAlignas()) 1894 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1895 1896 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1897 if (Align > NewAlign) 1898 NewAlign = Align; 1899 } 1900 1901 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1902 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1903 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1904 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1905 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1906 1907 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1908 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1909 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1910 QualType Ty; 1911 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1912 Ty = VD->getType(); 1913 else 1914 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1915 1916 if (OldAlign == 0) 1917 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1918 if (NewAlign == 0) 1919 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1920 } 1921 1922 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1923 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1924 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1925 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1926 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1927 } 1928 } 1929 1930 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1931 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1932 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1933 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1934 // equivalent alignment. 1935 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1936 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1937 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1938 // have no alignment specifier. 1939 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1940 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1941 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1942 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1943 } 1944 1945 bool AnyAdded = false; 1946 1947 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1948 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1949 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1950 Clone->setInherited(true); 1951 New->addAttr(Clone); 1952 AnyAdded = true; 1953 } 1954 1955 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1956 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1957 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1958 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1959 Clone->setInherited(true); 1960 New->addAttr(Clone); 1961 AnyAdded = true; 1962 } 1963 1964 return AnyAdded; 1965} 1966 1967static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1968 bool Override) { 1969 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1970 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1971 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1972 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1973 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1974 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1975 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1976 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1977 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1978 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1979 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1980 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1981 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1982 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1983 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1984 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1985 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1986 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1987 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1988 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1989 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1990 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1991 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1992 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1993 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1994 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1995 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1996 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1997 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1998 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1999 NewAttr = 0; 2000 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2001 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2002 2003 if (NewAttr) { 2004 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2005 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2006 return true; 2007 } 2008 2009 return false; 2010} 2011 2012static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2013 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2014 return TD->getDefinition(); 2015 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2016 return VD->getDefinition(); 2017 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2018 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2019 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2020 return Def; 2021 } 2022 return NULL; 2023} 2024 2025static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2026 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2027 I != E; ++I) { 2028 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2029 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2030 return true; 2031 } 2032 return false; 2033} 2034 2035/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2036/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2037static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2038 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2039 return; 2040 2041 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2042 if (!Def || Def == New) 2043 return; 2044 2045 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2046 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2047 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2048 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2049 ++I; 2050 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2051 } 2052 2053 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2054 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2055 ++I; 2056 continue; 2057 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2058 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2059 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2060 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2061 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2062 // equivalent alignment. 2063 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2064 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2065 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2066 // have no alignment specifier. 2067 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2068 << AA->isC11(); 2069 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2070 << AA->isC11(); 2071 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2072 --E; 2073 continue; 2074 } 2075 } 2076 2077 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2078 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2079 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2080 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2081 --E; 2082 } 2083} 2084 2085/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2086void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2087 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2088 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2089 return; 2090 2091 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2092 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2093 2094 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2095 return; 2096 2097 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2098 2099 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2100 // we process them. 2101 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2102 2103 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2104 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2105 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2106 i != e; ++i) { 2107 bool Override = false; 2108 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2109 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2110 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2111 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2112 switch (AMK) { 2113 case AMK_None: 2114 continue; 2115 2116 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2117 break; 2118 2119 case AMK_Override: 2120 Override = true; 2121 break; 2122 } 2123 } 2124 2125 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2126 foundAny = true; 2127 } 2128 2129 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2130 foundAny = true; 2131 2132 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2133} 2134 2135/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2136/// to the new one. 2137static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2138 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2139 Sema &S) { 2140 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2141 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2142 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2143 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2144 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2145 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2146 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2147 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2148 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2149 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2150 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2151 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2152 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2153 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2154 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2155 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2156 } 2157 2158 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2159 return; 2160 2161 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2162 2163 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2164 // done before we process them. 2165 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2166 2167 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2168 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2169 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2170 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2171 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2172 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2173 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2174 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2175 foundAny = true; 2176 } 2177 } 2178 2179 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2180} 2181 2182namespace { 2183 2184/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2185/// C. 2186struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2187 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2188 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2189 QualType PromotedType; 2190}; 2191 2192} 2193 2194/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2195Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2196 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2197 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2198 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2199 2200 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2201 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2202 2203 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2204 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2205 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2206 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2207 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2208 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2209 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2210 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2211 } 2212 2213 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2214} 2215 2216/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2217/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2218/// GNU89 mode. 2219static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2220 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2221 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2222 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2223 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2224 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2225} 2226 2227/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2228/// declaration? 2229static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2230 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2231 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2232 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2233 } else { 2234 // Free C function or a static method. 2235 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2236 } 2237 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2238} 2239 2240template <typename T> 2241static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2242 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2243 if (DC->isRecord()) 2244 return false; 2245 2246 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2247 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2248 return true; 2249 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2250 return true; 2251 return false; 2252} 2253 2254/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2255/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2256/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2257/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2258/// 2259/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2260/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2261/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2262/// merged with. 2263/// 2264/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2265bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2266 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2267 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2268 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2269 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2270 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2271 else 2272 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2273 if (!Old) { 2274 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2275 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2276 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2277 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2278 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2279 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2280 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2281 return true; 2282 } 2283 2284 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2285 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2286 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2287 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2288 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2289 return true; 2290 } 2291 2292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2293 << New->getDeclName(); 2294 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2295 return true; 2296 } 2297 2298 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2299 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2300 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2301 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2302 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2303 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2304 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2305 else 2306 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2307 2308 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2309 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2310 2311 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2312 // is an extern inline function. 2313 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2314 // storage classes. 2315 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2316 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2317 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2318 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2319 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2320 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2321 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2322 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2323 } else { 2324 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2325 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2326 return true; 2327 } 2328 } 2329 2330 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2331 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2332 // calling convention of the first. 2333 // 2334 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2335 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2336 // 2337 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2338 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2339 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2340 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2341 // because it is the default calling convention. 2342 // 2343 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2344 // other tests to run. 2345 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2346 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2347 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2348 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2349 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2350 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2351 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2352 2353 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2354 // there but not here. 2355 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2356 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2357 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2358 2359 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2360 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2361 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2362 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2363 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2364 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2365 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2366 2367 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2368 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2369 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2370 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2371 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2372 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2373 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2374 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2375 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2376 return true; 2377 } 2378 2379 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2380 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2381 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2382 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2383 } 2384 2385 // Merge regparm attribute. 2386 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2387 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2388 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2389 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2390 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2391 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2392 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2393 return true; 2394 } 2395 2396 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2397 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2398 } 2399 2400 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2401 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2402 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2405 return true; 2406 } 2407 2408 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2409 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2410 } 2411 2412 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2413 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2414 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2415 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2416 } 2417 2418 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2419 // UndefinedButUsed. 2420 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2421 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2422 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2423 Old->isUsed(false) && 2424 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2425 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2426 SourceLocation())); 2427 2428 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2429 // about it. 2430 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2431 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2432 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2433 } 2434 2435 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2436 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2437 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2438 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2439 // cannot be overloaded. 2440 2441 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2442 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p??: 2443 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2444 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2445 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2446 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2447 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2448 : OldType)->getResultType(); 2449 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2450 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2451 : NewType)->getResultType(); 2452 QualType ResQT; 2453 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) { 2454 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2455 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2456 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2457 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2458 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2459 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2460 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2461 else 2462 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2463 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2464 return true; 2465 } 2466 else 2467 NewQType = ResQT; 2468 } 2469 2470 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2471 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2472 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2473 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2474 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2475 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2476 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2477 New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2478 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2479 SubstAutoType(NewQType, OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2480 } 2481 } 2482 2483 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2484 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2485 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2486 // Preserve triviality. 2487 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2488 2489 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2490 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2491 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2492 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2493 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2494 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2495 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2496 2497 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2498 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2499 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2500 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2501 // is a static member function declaration. 2502 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2503 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2504 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2505 return true; 2506 } 2507 2508 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2509 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2510 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2511 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2512 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2513 unsigned NewDiag; 2514 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2515 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2516 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2517 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2518 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2519 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2520 else 2521 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2522 2523 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2524 } else { 2525 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2526 << New << New->getType(); 2527 } 2528 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2529 2530 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2531 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2532 // 2533 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2534 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2535 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2536 if (isFriend) { 2537 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2538 } else { 2539 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2540 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2541 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2542 return true; 2543 } 2544 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2545 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2546 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2547 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2548 return true; 2549 } 2550 } 2551 2552 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2553 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2554 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2555 // attribute. 2556 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2557 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2558 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2559 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2560 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2561 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2562 } 2563 2564 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2565 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2566 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2567 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2568 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2569 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2570 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2571 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2572 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2573 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2574 } 2575 2576 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2577 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2578 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2579 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2580 2581 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2582 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2583 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2584 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2585 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2586 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2587 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2588 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2589 } 2590 2591 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2592 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2593 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2594 return true; 2595 } 2596 2597 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2598 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2599 2600 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2601 } 2602 2603 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2604 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2605 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2606 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2607 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2608 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2609 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2610 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2611 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2612 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2613 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2614 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2615 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2616 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2617 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2618 ParamTypes, 2619 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2620 New->setType(NewQType); 2621 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2622 2623 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2624 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2625 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2626 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2627 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2628 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2629 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2630 SourceLocation(), 2631 SourceLocation(), 0, 2632 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2633 SC_None, 2634 0); 2635 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2636 Param->setImplicit(); 2637 Params.push_back(Param); 2638 } 2639 2640 New->setParams(Params); 2641 } 2642 2643 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2644 } 2645 2646 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2647 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2648 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2649 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2650 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2651 // the prototype. 2652 // 2653 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2654 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2655 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2656 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2657 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2658 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2659 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2660 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2661 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2662 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2663 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2664 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2665 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2666 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2667 2668 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2669 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2670 NewProto->getResultType()); 2671 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2672 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2673 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2674 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2675 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2676 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2677 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2678 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2679 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2680 NewParm->getType(), 2681 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2682 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2683 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2684 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2685 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2686 } else 2687 LooseCompatible = false; 2688 } 2689 2690 if (LooseCompatible) { 2691 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2692 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2693 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2694 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2695 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2696 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2697 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2698 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2699 } 2700 2701 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2702 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2703 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2704 } 2705 2706 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2707 } 2708 2709 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2710 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2711 2712 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2713 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2714 unsigned BuiltinID; 2715 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2716 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2717 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2718 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2719 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2720 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2721 << Old << Old->getType(); 2722 2723 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2724 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2725 // 2726 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2727 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2728 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2729 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2730 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2731 if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2732 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2733 2734 return false; 2735 } 2736 2737 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2738 } 2739 2740 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2741 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2742 return true; 2743} 2744 2745/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2746/// known to be compatible. 2747/// 2748/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2749/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2750/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2751/// redeclaration of Old. 2752/// 2753/// \returns false 2754bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2755 Scope *S) { 2756 // Merge the attributes 2757 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2758 2759 // Merge "pure" flag. 2760 if (Old->isPure()) 2761 New->setPure(); 2762 2763 // Merge "used" flag. 2764 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2765 New->setUsed(); 2766 2767 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2768 // declarations. 2769 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2770 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2771 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2772 *this); 2773 2774 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2775 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2776 2777 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2778 // and argument types. 2779 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2780 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2781 New->setType(Merged); 2782 2783 return false; 2784} 2785 2786 2787void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2788 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2789 2790 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2791 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2792 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2793 : AMK_Override; 2794 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2795 2796 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2797 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2798 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2799 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2800 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2801 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2802 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2803 2804 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2805} 2806 2807/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2808/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2809/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2810/// 2811/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2812/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2813/// is attached. 2814void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) { 2815 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2816 return; 2817 2818 QualType MergedT; 2819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2820 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2821 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2822 return; 2823 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2824 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2825 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2826 } 2827 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2828 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2829 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2830 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2831 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2832 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2833 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2834 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2835 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2836 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2837 NewArray->getElementType())) 2838 MergedT = New->getType(); 2839 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2840 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2841 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2842 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2843 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2844 NewArray->getElementType())) 2845 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2846 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2847 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2848 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2849 Old->getType()); 2850 } 2851 } else { 2852 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2853 } 2854 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2855 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2856 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2858 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2859 } 2860 2861 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2862 // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope. 2863 if (!OldWasHidden) 2864 New->setType(MergedT); 2865} 2866 2867/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2868/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2869/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2870/// 2871/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2872/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2873/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2874/// 2875void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous, 2876 bool PreviousWasHidden) { 2877 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2878 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2879 return; 2880 2881 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2882 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2883 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2884 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2885 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2886 << New->getDeclName(); 2887 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2888 diag::note_previous_definition); 2889 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2890 } 2891 2892 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2893 return; 2894 2895 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2896 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2897 // 2898 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2899 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2901 << New->getIdentifier(); 2902 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2903 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2904 } 2905 2906 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2907 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2908 // declaration 2909 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2910 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2911 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2912 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2913 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2914 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2915 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2916 } 2917 2918 // Merge the types. 2919 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden); 2920 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2921 return; 2922 2923 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 2924 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2925 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2926 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 2927 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2928 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2929 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2930 } 2931 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2932 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2933 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2934 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2935 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2936 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2937 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2938 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2939 // identifier has external linkage. 2940 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2941 /* Okay */; 2942 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2943 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2944 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2945 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2946 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2947 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2948 } 2949 2950 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2951 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2952 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2953 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2954 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2955 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2956 } 2957 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 2958 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 2959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2960 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2961 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2962 } 2963 2964 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2965 2966 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2967 // need to check for mismatches. 2968 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2969 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2970 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2971 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2972 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2973 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2974 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2975 } 2976 2977 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 2978 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 2979 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2980 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2981 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 2982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2983 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2984 } else { 2985 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 2986 // static and dynamic initialization. 2987 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 2988 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 2989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 2990 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 2991 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2992 } 2993 } 2994 2995 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2996 const VarDecl *Def; 2997 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2998 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2999 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3000 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 3001 << New->getDeclName(); 3002 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3003 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3004 return; 3005 } 3006 3007 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3008 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3009 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3010 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3011 return; 3012 } 3013 3014 // Merge "used" flag. 3015 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 3016 New->setUsed(); 3017 3018 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3019 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 3020 3021 // Inherit access appropriately. 3022 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3023} 3024 3025/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3026/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3027Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3028 DeclSpec &DS) { 3029 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3030} 3031 3032/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3033/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3034/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3035Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3036 DeclSpec &DS, 3037 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3038 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3039 Decl *TagD = 0; 3040 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3041 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3042 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3043 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3044 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3045 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3046 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3047 3048 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3049 return 0; 3050 3051 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3052 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3053 // it's a Type. 3054 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3055 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3056 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3057 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3058 } 3059 3060 if (Tag) { 3061 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 3062 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3063 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3064 return Tag; 3065 } 3066 3067 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3068 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3069 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3070 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3071 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3072 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3073 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3074 } 3075 3076 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3077 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3078 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3079 if (Tag) 3080 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3081 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3082 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3083 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3084 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3085 else 3086 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3087 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3088 return TagD; 3089 } 3090 3091 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3092 3093 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3094 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3095 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3096 if (TagD && !Tag) 3097 return 0; 3098 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3099 } 3100 3101 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3102 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3103 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3104 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3105 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3106 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3107 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3108 // or an explicit specialization. 3109 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3110 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3111 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3112 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3113 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3114 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3115 << SS.getRange(); 3116 return 0; 3117 } 3118 3119 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3120 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3121 3122 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3123 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3124 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3125 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3126 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3127 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3128 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3129 3130 DeclaresAnything = false; 3131 } 3132 } 3133 3134 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3135 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3136 CurContext->isRecord() && 3137 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3138 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3139 // struct STRUCT; 3140 // and 3141 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3142 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3143 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3144 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3145 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3146 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3147 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3148 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3149 } 3150 } 3151 3152 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3153 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3154 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3155 return TagD; 3156 3157 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3158 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3159 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3160 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3161 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3162 DeclaresAnything = false; 3163 3164 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3165 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3166 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3167 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3168 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3169 else 3170 DeclaresAnything = false; 3171 } 3172 3173 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3174 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3175 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3176 << Tag->getTagKind() 3177 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3178 3179 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3180 3181 // C 6.7/2: 3182 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3183 // or the members of an enumeration. 3184 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3185 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3186 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3187 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3188 // previous declaration. 3189 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3190 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3191 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3192 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3193 return TagD; 3194 } 3195 3196 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3197 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3198 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3199 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3200 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3201 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3202 // 3203 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3204 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3205 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3206 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3207 3208 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3209 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3210 // useless. 3211 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3212 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3213 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3214 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3215 3216 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3217 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3218 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3219 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3220 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3221 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3222 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3223 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3224 // Restrict is covered above. 3225 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3226 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3227 } 3228 3229 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3230 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3231 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3232 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3233 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3234 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3235 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3236 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3237 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3238 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3239 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3240 while (attrs) { 3241 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3242 << attrs->getName() 3243 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3244 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3245 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3246 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3247 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3248 } 3249 } 3250 } 3251 3252 return TagD; 3253} 3254 3255/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3256/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3257/// 3258/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3259static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3260 Scope *S, 3261 DeclContext *Owner, 3262 DeclarationName Name, 3263 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3264 unsigned diagnostic) { 3265 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3266 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3267 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3268 3269 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3270 return false; 3271 3272 // Pick a representative declaration. 3273 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3274 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3275 3276 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3277 return false; 3278 3279 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3280 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3281 3282 return true; 3283} 3284 3285/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3286/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3287/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3288/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3289/// struct, e.g., 3290/// 3291/// @code 3292/// union { 3293/// int i; 3294/// float f; 3295/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3296/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3297/// @endcode 3298/// 3299/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3300/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3301static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3302 DeclContext *Owner, 3303 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3304 AccessSpecifier AS, 3305 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3306 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3307 unsigned diagKind 3308 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3309 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3310 3311 bool Invalid = false; 3312 3313 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3314 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3315 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3316 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3317 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3318 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3319 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3320 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3321 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3322 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3323 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3324 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3325 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3326 Invalid = true; 3327 } else { 3328 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3329 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3330 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3331 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3332 // anonymous union is declared. 3333 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3334 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3335 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3336 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3337 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3338 else 3339 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3340 3341 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3342 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3343 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3344 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3345 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3346 3347 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3348 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3349 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3350 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3351 3352 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3353 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3354 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3355 3356 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3357 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3358 3359 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3360 } 3361 } 3362 } 3363 3364 return Invalid; 3365} 3366 3367/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3368/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3369/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3370static StorageClass 3371StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3372 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3373 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3374 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3375 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3376 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3377 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3378 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3379 return SC_None; 3380 return SC_Extern; 3381 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3382 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3383 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3384 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3385 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3386 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3387 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3388 } 3389 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3390} 3391 3392/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3393/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3394/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3395/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3396Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3397 AccessSpecifier AS, 3398 RecordDecl *Record) { 3399 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3400 3401 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3402 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3403 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3404 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3405 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3406 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3407 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3408 3409 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3410 // structs/unions. 3411 bool Invalid = false; 3412 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3413 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3414 unsigned DiagID; 3415 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3416 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3417 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3418 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3419 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3420 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3421 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3422 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3423 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3424 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3425 3426 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3427 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3428 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3429 } 3430 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3431 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3432 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3433 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3434 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3435 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3436 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3437 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3438 3439 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3440 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3441 SourceLocation(), 3442 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3443 } 3444 } 3445 3446 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3447 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3448 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3449 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3450 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3451 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3452 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3453 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3454 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3455 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3456 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3457 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3458 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3459 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3460 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3461 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3462 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3463 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3464 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3465 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3466 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3467 3468 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3469 } 3470 3471 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3472 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3473 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3474 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3475 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3476 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3477 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3478 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3479 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3480 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3481 // members (clause 11). 3482 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3483 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3484 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3485 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3486 Invalid = true; 3487 } 3488 3489 // C++ [class.union]p1 3490 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3491 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3492 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3493 // array of such objects. 3494 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3495 Invalid = true; 3496 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3497 // Any implicit members are fine. 3498 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3499 // This is a type that showed up in an 3500 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3501 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3502 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3503 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3504 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3505 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3506 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3507 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3508 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3509 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3510 else { 3511 // This is a nested type declaration. 3512 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3513 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3514 Invalid = true; 3515 } 3516 } else { 3517 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3518 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3519 // not part of standard C++. 3520 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3521 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3522 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3523 } 3524 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3525 // Any access specifier is fine. 3526 } else { 3527 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3528 // member. Complain about it. 3529 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3530 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3531 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3532 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3533 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3534 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3535 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3536 3537 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3538 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3539 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3540 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3541 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3542 else { 3543 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3544 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3545 Invalid = true; 3546 } 3547 } 3548 } 3549 } 3550 3551 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3552 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3553 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3554 Invalid = true; 3555 } 3556 3557 // Mock up a declarator. 3558 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3559 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3560 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3561 3562 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3563 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3564 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3565 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3566 DS.getLocStart(), 3567 Record->getLocation(), 3568 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3569 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3570 TInfo, 3571 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3572 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3573 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3575 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3576 } else { 3577 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3578 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3579 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3580 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3581 // an error here 3582 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3583 Invalid = true; 3584 SC = SC_None; 3585 } 3586 3587 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3588 DS.getLocStart(), 3589 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3590 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3591 TInfo, SC); 3592 3593 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3594 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3595 // initializer: 3596 // union { int n = 0; }; 3597 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3598 } 3599 Anon->setImplicit(); 3600 3601 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3602 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3603 // its members. 3604 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3605 3606 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3607 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3608 // purposes. 3609 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3610 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3611 3612 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3613 Chain, false)) 3614 Invalid = true; 3615 3616 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3617 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3618 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3619 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3620 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3621 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3622 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3623 3624 if (Invalid) 3625 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3626 3627 return Anon; 3628} 3629 3630/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3631/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3632/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3633/// Example: 3634/// 3635/// struct A { int a; }; 3636/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3637/// 3638/// void foo() { 3639/// B var; 3640/// var.a = 3; 3641/// } 3642/// 3643Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3644 RecordDecl *Record) { 3645 3646 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3647 if (!Record) 3648 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3649 3650 // Mock up a declarator. 3651 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3652 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3653 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3654 3655 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3656 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3657 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3658 DS.getLocStart(), 3659 DS.getLocStart(), 3660 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3661 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3662 TInfo, 3663 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3664 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3665 Anon->setImplicit(); 3666 3667 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3668 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3669 3670 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3671 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3672 // purposes. 3673 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3674 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3675 3676 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3677 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3678 RecordDef, AS_none, 3679 Chain, true)) 3680 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3681 3682 return Anon; 3683} 3684 3685/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3686/// given Declarator. 3687DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3688 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3689} 3690 3691/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3692DeclarationNameInfo 3693Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3694 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3695 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3696 3697 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3698 3699 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3700 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3701 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3702 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3703 return NameInfo; 3704 3705 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3706 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3707 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3708 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3709 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3710 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3711 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3712 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3713 return NameInfo; 3714 3715 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3716 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3717 Name.Identifier)); 3718 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3719 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3720 return NameInfo; 3721 3722 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3723 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3724 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3725 if (Ty.isNull()) 3726 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3727 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3728 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3729 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3730 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3731 return NameInfo; 3732 } 3733 3734 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3735 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3736 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3737 if (Ty.isNull()) 3738 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3739 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3740 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3741 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3742 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3743 return NameInfo; 3744 } 3745 3746 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3747 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3748 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3749 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3750 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3751 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3752 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3753 3754 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3755 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3756 3757 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3758 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3759 // was qualified. 3760 3761 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3762 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3763 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3764 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3765 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3766 return NameInfo; 3767 } 3768 3769 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3770 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3771 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3772 if (Ty.isNull()) 3773 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3774 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3775 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3776 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3777 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3778 return NameInfo; 3779 } 3780 3781 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3782 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3783 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3784 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3785 } 3786 3787 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3788 3789 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3790} 3791 3792static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3793 do { 3794 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3795 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3796 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3797 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3798 else 3799 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3800 } while (true); 3801} 3802 3803/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3804/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3805/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3806/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3807/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3808/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3809/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3810static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3811 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3812 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3813 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3814 Params.clear(); 3815 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3816 return false; 3817 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3818 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3819 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3820 3821 // The parameter types are identical 3822 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3823 continue; 3824 3825 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3826 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3827 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3828 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3829 3830 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3831 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3832 Params.push_back(Idx); 3833 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3834 return false; 3835 } 3836 3837 return true; 3838} 3839 3840/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3841/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3842/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3843/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3844/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3845static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3846 DeclarationName Name) { 3847 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3848 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3849 // - types which will become injected class names 3850 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3851 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3852 // few cases here. 3853 3854 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3855 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3856 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3857 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3858 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3859 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3860 // Grab the type from the parser. 3861 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3862 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3863 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3864 3865 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3866 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3867 // attached already. 3868 if (!TSI) 3869 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3870 3871 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3872 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3873 if (!TSI) return true; 3874 3875 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3876 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3877 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3878 break; 3879 } 3880 3881 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3882 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3883 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3884 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3885 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3886 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3887 break; 3888 } 3889 3890 default: 3891 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3892 break; 3893 } 3894 3895 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3896 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3897 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3898 3899 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3900 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3901 // pointer. 3902 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3903 continue; 3904 3905 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3906 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3907 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3908 return true; 3909 } 3910 3911 return false; 3912} 3913 3914Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3915 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3916 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3917 3918 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3919 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3920 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3921 3922 return Dcl; 3923} 3924 3925/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3926/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3927/// name different from T: 3928/// - every static data member of class T; 3929/// - every member function of class T 3930/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3931/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3932bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3933 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3934 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3935 3936 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3937 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3938 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3939 return true; 3940 } 3941 3942 return false; 3943} 3944 3945/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3946/// nested-name-specifier. 3947/// 3948/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3949/// 3950/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3951/// resolves. 3952/// 3953/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3954/// 3955/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3956/// 3957/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3958bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3959 DeclarationName Name, 3960 SourceLocation Loc) { 3961 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3962 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3963 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3964 3965 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3966 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3967 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3968 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3969 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3970 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3971 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3972 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3973 3974 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3975 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3976 // 3977 // class X { 3978 // void X::f(); 3979 // }; 3980 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3981 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3982 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3983 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3984 SS.clear(); 3985 return false; 3986 } 3987 3988 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3989 // declaration. 3990 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3991 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3992 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3993 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3994 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3995 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3996 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3997 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3998 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3999 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4000 else 4001 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4002 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4003 4004 return true; 4005 } 4006 4007 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4008 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4009 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4010 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4011 SS.clear(); 4012 4013 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4014 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4015 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4016 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4017 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4018 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4019 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4020 return true; 4021 4022 return false; 4023 } 4024 4025 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4026 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4027 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4028 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4029 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4030 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4031 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4032 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4033 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4034 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4035 4036 return false; 4037} 4038 4039NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4040 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4041 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4042 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4043 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4044 4045 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4046 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4047 if (!Name) { 4048 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4049 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4050 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4051 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4052 return 0; 4053 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4054 return 0; 4055 4056 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4057 // we find one that is. 4058 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4059 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4060 S = S->getParent(); 4061 4062 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4063 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4064 D.setInvalidType(); 4065 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4066 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4067 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4068 return 0; 4069 4070 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4071 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4072 if (!DC) { 4073 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4074 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4075 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4076 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4077 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4078 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4079 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4080 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4081 return 0; 4082 } 4083 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4084 4085 if (!IsDependentContext && 4086 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4087 return 0; 4088 4089 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4090 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4091 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4092 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4093 D.setInvalidType(); 4094 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4095 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4096 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4097 if (DC->isRecord()) 4098 return 0; 4099 4100 D.setInvalidType(); 4101 } 4102 } 4103 4104 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4105 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4106 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4107 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4108 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4109 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4110 D.setInvalidType(); 4111 } 4112 } 4113 4114 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4115 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4116 // Just return early; it's safer. 4117 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4118 return 0; 4119 4120 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4121 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4122 4123 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4124 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4125 D.setInvalidType(); 4126 4127 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4128 ForRedeclaration); 4129 4130 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4131 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4132 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4133 4134 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4135 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4136 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4137 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4138 /* Do nothing*/; 4139 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4140 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4141 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4142 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4143 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4144 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4145 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4146 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4147 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4148 4149 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4150 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4151 4152 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4153 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4154 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4155 4156 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4157 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4158 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4159 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4160 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4161 // thereof; [...] 4162 // 4163 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4164 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4165 // we want to match. For example, given: 4166 // 4167 // class X { 4168 // void f(); 4169 // void f(float); 4170 // }; 4171 // 4172 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4173 // 4174 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4175 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4176 // matches. 4177 4178 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4179 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4180 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4181 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4182 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4183 } 4184 4185 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4186 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4187 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4188 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4189 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4190 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4191 4192 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4193 Previous.clear(); 4194 } 4195 4196 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4197 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4198 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4199 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4200 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4201 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4202 Previous.clear(); 4203 4204 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4205 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4206 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4207 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4208 4209 NamedDecl *New; 4210 4211 bool AddToScope = true; 4212 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4213 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4214 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4215 return 0; 4216 } 4217 4218 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4219 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4220 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4221 TemplateParamLists, 4222 AddToScope); 4223 } else { 4224 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4225 TemplateParamLists); 4226 } 4227 4228 if (New == 0) 4229 return 0; 4230 4231 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4232 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4233 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4234 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4235 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4236 4237 return New; 4238} 4239 4240/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4241/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4242/// GCC compatibility). 4243static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4244 ASTContext &Context, 4245 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4246 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4247 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4248 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4249 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4250 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4251 SizeIsNegative = false; 4252 Oversized = 0; 4253 4254 if (T->isDependentType()) 4255 return QualType(); 4256 4257 QualifierCollector Qs; 4258 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4259 4260 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4261 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4262 QualType FixedType = 4263 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4264 Oversized); 4265 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4266 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4267 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4268 } 4269 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4270 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4271 QualType FixedType = 4272 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4273 Oversized); 4274 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4275 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4276 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4277 } 4278 4279 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4280 if (!VLATy) 4281 return QualType(); 4282 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4283 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4284 return QualType(); 4285 4286 llvm::APSInt Res; 4287 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4288 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4289 return QualType(); 4290 4291 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4292 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4293 SizeIsNegative = true; 4294 return QualType(); 4295 } 4296 4297 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4298 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4299 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4300 Res); 4301 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4302 Oversized = Res; 4303 return QualType(); 4304 } 4305 4306 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4307 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4308} 4309 4310static void 4311FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4312 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4313 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4314 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4315 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4316 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4317 return; 4318 } 4319 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4320 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4321 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4322 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4323 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4324 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4325 return; 4326 } 4327 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4328 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4329 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4330 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4331 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4332 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4333 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4334 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4335} 4336 4337/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4338/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4339/// GCC compatibility). 4340static TypeSourceInfo* 4341TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4342 ASTContext &Context, 4343 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4344 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4345 QualType FixedTy 4346 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4347 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4348 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4349 return 0; 4350 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4351 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4352 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4353 return FixedTInfo; 4354} 4355 4356/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4357/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4358void 4359Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4360 const LookupResult &Previous, 4361 Scope *S) { 4362 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4363 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4364 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4365 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4366} 4367 4368llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4369Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4370 if (ExternalSource) { 4371 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4372 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4373 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4374 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4375 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4376 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4377 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4378 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4379 } 4380 } 4381 4382 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4383} 4384 4385/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4386/// does not identify a function. 4387void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4388 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4389 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4390 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4391 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4392 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4393 4394 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4395 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4396 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4397 4398 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4399 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4400 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4401 4402 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4403 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4404 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4405} 4406 4407NamedDecl* 4408Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4409 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4410 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4411 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4412 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4413 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4414 D.setInvalidType(); 4415 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4416 DC = CurContext; 4417 Previous.clear(); 4418 } 4419 4420 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4421 4422 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4423 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4424 << 1; 4425 4426 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4427 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4428 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4429 return 0; 4430 } 4431 4432 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4433 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4434 4435 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4436 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4437 4438 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4439 4440 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4441 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4442 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4443 return ND; 4444} 4445 4446void 4447Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4448 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4449 // then it shall have block scope. 4450 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4451 // that redeclarations will match. 4452 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4453 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4454 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4455 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4456 4457 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4458 bool SizeIsNegative; 4459 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4460 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4461 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4462 SizeIsNegative, 4463 Oversized); 4464 if (FixedTInfo) { 4465 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4466 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4467 } else { 4468 if (SizeIsNegative) 4469 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4470 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4471 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4472 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4473 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4474 << Oversized.toString(10); 4475 else 4476 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4477 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4478 } 4479 } 4480 } 4481} 4482 4483 4484/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4485/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4486/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4487NamedDecl* 4488Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4489 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4490 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4491 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4492 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4493 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4494 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4495 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4496 Redeclaration = true; 4497 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4498 } 4499 4500 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4501 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4502 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4503 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4504 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4505 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4506 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4507 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4508 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4509 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4510 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4511 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4512 } 4513 4514 return NewTD; 4515} 4516 4517/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4518/// previous declaration. 4519/// 4520/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4521/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4522/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4523/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4524/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4525/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4526/// 4527/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4528/// lookup 4529/// 4530/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4531/// declared. 4532/// 4533/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4534/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4535static bool 4536isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4537 ASTContext &Context) { 4538 if (!PrevDecl) 4539 return false; 4540 4541 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4542 return false; 4543 4544 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4545 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4546 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4547 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4548 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4549 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4550 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4551 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4552 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4553 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4554 return false; 4555 4556 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4557 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4558 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4559 return false; 4560 4561 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4562 // previous declarations. 4563 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4564 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4565 4566 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4567 // isn't the same function. 4568 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4569 return false; 4570 } 4571 4572 return true; 4573} 4574 4575static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4576 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4577 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4578 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4579} 4580 4581bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4582 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4583 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4584 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4585 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4586 unsigned kind = -1U; 4587 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4588 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4589 kind = 0; // __block 4590 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4591 kind = 1; // global 4592 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4593 kind = 3; // ivar 4594 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4595 kind = 2; // field 4596 } 4597 4598 if (kind != -1U) { 4599 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4600 << kind; 4601 } 4602 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4603 // Try to infer lifetime. 4604 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4605 return false; 4606 4607 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4608 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4609 decl->setType(type); 4610 } 4611 4612 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4613 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4614 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4615 var->getTLSKind()) { 4616 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4617 << var->getType(); 4618 return true; 4619 } 4620 } 4621 4622 return false; 4623} 4624 4625static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4626 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4627 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4628 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4629 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4630 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4631 } 4632 } 4633 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4634 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4635 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4636 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4637 } 4638 } 4639} 4640 4641/// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4642/// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4643/// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4644static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4645 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4646 4647 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4648 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4649 4650 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4651 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4652 return false; 4653 4654 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4655 4656#ifndef NDEBUG 4657 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4658 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4659 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4660 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4661 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4662#endif 4663 4664 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4665 4666#ifndef NDEBUG 4667 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4668#endif 4669 4670 return isC99Inline; 4671} 4672 4673static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4674 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4675 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4676 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4677 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4678 return true; 4679 if (DC->isRecord()) 4680 return false; 4681 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4682} 4683 4684static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4685 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4686 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4687 return true; 4688 if (DC->isRecord()) 4689 return false; 4690 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4691} 4692 4693NamedDecl* 4694Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4695 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4696 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4697 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4698 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4699 4700 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4701 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4702 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4703 4704 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4705 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4706 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4707 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4708 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4709 D.setInvalidType(); 4710 } 4711 } 4712 4713 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4714 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4715 // an error here 4716 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4717 D.setInvalidType(); 4718 SC = SC_None; 4719 } 4720 4721 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4722 if (!II) { 4723 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4724 << Name; 4725 return 0; 4726 } 4727 4728 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4729 4730 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4731 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4732 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4733 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4734 4735 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4736 // is a GNU extension. 4737 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4738 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4739 else 4740 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4741 D.setInvalidType(); 4742 } 4743 } 4744 4745 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4746 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4747 // OpenCL __local address space. 4748 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4749 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4750 } 4751 4752 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4753 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4754 // space qualifiers. 4755 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4756 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4757 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4758 } 4759 4760 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4761 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4762 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4763 // address space qualifiers. 4764 if (R->isEventT()) { 4765 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4766 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4767 D.setInvalidType(); 4768 } 4769 4770 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4771 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4772 D.setInvalidType(); 4773 } 4774 } 4775 } 4776 4777 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4778 VarDecl *NewVD; 4779 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4780 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4781 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4782 R, TInfo, SC); 4783 4784 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4785 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4786 } else { 4787 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4788 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4789 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4790 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4791 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4792 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4793 } 4794 } 4795 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4796 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4797 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4798 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4799 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4800 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4801 4802 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4803 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4804 if (RD->isUnion()) 4805 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4806 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4807 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4808 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4809 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4810 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4811 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4812 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4813 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4814 } 4815 } 4816 4817 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4818 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4819 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4820 bool Invalid = false; 4821 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4822 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4823 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4824 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4825 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4826 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4827 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4828 /*never a friend*/ false, 4829 isExplicitSpecialization, 4830 Invalid)) { 4831 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4832 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4833 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4834 << II 4835 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4836 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4837 return 0; 4838 } else { 4839 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4840 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4841 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4842 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4843 << II 4844 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4845 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4846 } 4847 } 4848 4849 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4850 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4851 R, TInfo, SC); 4852 4853 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4854 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4855 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 4856 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4857 4858 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4859 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4860 4861 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4862 4863 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4864 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4865 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4866 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4867 } 4868 4869 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4870 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4871 } 4872 4873 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4874 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4875 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4876 4877 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 4878 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 4879 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 4880 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 4881 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 4882 // explicitly. 4883 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 4884 // 'extern'. 4885 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4886 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 4887 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4888 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 4889 else 4890 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4891 diag::err_thread_non_global) 4892 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4893 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4894 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4895 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4896 else 4897 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 4898 } 4899 4900 // C99 6.7.4p3 4901 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 4902 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 4903 // thread storage duration... 4904 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 4905 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 4906 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 4907 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 4908 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 4909 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4910 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 4911 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 4912 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 4913 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4914 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 4915 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 4916 } 4917 } 4918 4919 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4920 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4921 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4922 << 2 4923 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4924 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4925 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4926 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4927 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4928 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4929 else 4930 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4931 } 4932 4933 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4934 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4935 4936 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 4937 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 4938 4939 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4940 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4941 // storage [duration]." 4942 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4943 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4944 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4945 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4946 } 4947 } 4948 4949 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4950 // retainable type. 4951 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4952 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4953 4954 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4955 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4956 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4957 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4958 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4959 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4960 switch (SC) { 4961 case SC_None: 4962 case SC_Auto: 4963 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4964 break; 4965 case SC_Register: 4966 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4967 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4968 break; 4969 case SC_Static: 4970 case SC_Extern: 4971 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4972 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4973 break; 4974 } 4975 } 4976 4977 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4978 Context, Label)); 4979 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4980 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4981 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4982 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4983 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4984 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4985 } 4986 } 4987 4988 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4989 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4990 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4991 4992 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4993 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4994 // declaration has linkage). 4995 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 4996 isExplicitSpecialization); 4997 4998 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4999 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5000 } else { 5001 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5002 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5003 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5004 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5005 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5006 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5007 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5008 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5009 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5010 Previous.clear(); 5011 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5012 } 5013 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5014 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5015 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5016 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5017 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5018 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5019 } 5020 5021 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5022 5023 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5024 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5025 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5026 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5027 } 5028 5029 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5030 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5031 5032 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 5033 // such variables. 5034 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 5035 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5036 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 5037 5038 return NewVD; 5039} 5040 5041/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5042/// -Wshadow. 5043/// 5044/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5045/// scope. 5046/// 5047/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5048/// \param R the lookup of the name 5049/// 5050void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5051 // Return if warning is ignored. 5052 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5053 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5054 return; 5055 5056 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5057 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5058 return; 5059 5060 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5061 5062 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5063 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5064 return; 5065 5066 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5067 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5068 return; 5069 5070 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5071 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5072 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5073 if (MD->isStatic()) 5074 return; 5075 5076 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5077 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5078 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5079 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5080 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5081 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5082 I != E; ++I) 5083 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5084 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5085 break; 5086 } 5087 } 5088 5089 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5090 5091 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5092 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5093 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5094 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5095 return; 5096 5097 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5098 // static data members from base classes? 5099 5100 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5101 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5102 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5103 } 5104 5105 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5106 unsigned Kind; 5107 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5108 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5109 Kind = 3; // field 5110 else 5111 Kind = 2; // static data member 5112 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5113 Kind = 1; // global 5114 else 5115 Kind = 0; // local 5116 5117 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5118 5119 // Emit warning and note. 5120 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5121 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5122} 5123 5124/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5125void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5126 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5127 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5128 return; 5129 5130 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5131 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5132 LookupName(R, S); 5133 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5134} 5135 5136template<typename T> 5137static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 5138 const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext(); 5139 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5140 return true; 5141 5142 // We know that is the first decl we see, other than function local 5143 // extern C ones. If this is C++ and the decl is not in a extern C context 5144 // it cannot have C language linkage. Avoid calling isExternC in that case. 5145 // We need to this because of code like 5146 // 5147 // namespace { struct bar {}; } 5148 // auto foo = bar(); 5149 // 5150 // This code runs before the init of foo is set, and therefore before 5151 // the type of foo is known. Not knowing the type we cannot know its linkage 5152 // unless it is in an extern C block. 5153 if (!ND->isInExternCContext()) { 5154 const ASTContext &Context = ND->getASTContext(); 5155 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5156 return false; 5157 } 5158 5159 return ND->isExternC(); 5160} 5161 5162void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5163 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5164 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5165 return; 5166 5167 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5168 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5169 5170 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5171 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5172 return; 5173 5174 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5175 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5176 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5177 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5178 NewVD->setType(T); 5179 } 5180 5181 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5182 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5183 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5184 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5185 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5186 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5187 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5188 return; 5189 } 5190 5191 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5192 // __constant address space. 5193 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5194 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5195 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5196 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5197 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5198 return; 5199 } 5200 5201 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5202 // scope. 5203 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5204 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5205 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5206 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5207 return; 5208 } 5209 5210 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5211 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5212 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5213 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5214 else { 5215 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5216 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5217 } 5218 } 5219 5220 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5221 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5222 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5223 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5224 5225 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5226 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5227 bool SizeIsNegative; 5228 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5229 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5230 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5231 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5232 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5233 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5234 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5235 // int a[10][n]; 5236 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5237 5238 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5239 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5240 << SizeRange; 5241 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5242 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5243 << SizeRange; 5244 else 5245 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5246 << SizeRange; 5247 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5248 return; 5249 } 5250 5251 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5252 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5253 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5254 else 5255 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5256 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5257 return; 5258 } 5259 5260 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5261 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5262 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5263 } 5264 5265 if (T->isVoidType() && NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5266 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5267 << T; 5268 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5269 return; 5270 } 5271 5272 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5273 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5274 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5275 return; 5276 } 5277 5278 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5279 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5280 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5281 return; 5282 } 5283 5284 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5285 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5286 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5287 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5288 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5289 return; 5290 } 5291} 5292 5293/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5294/// declaration. 5295/// 5296/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5297/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5298/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5299/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5300/// that have been instantiated from a template. 5301/// 5302/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5303/// 5304/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5305bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5306 LookupResult &Previous) { 5307 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5308 5309 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5310 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5311 return false; 5312 5313 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5314 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5315 // 5316 // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations. 5317 // The actual standards text here is: 5318 // 5319 // C++11 [basic.link]p6: 5320 // The name of a function declared in block scope and the name 5321 // of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration 5322 // have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity 5323 // with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities 5324 // declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the 5325 // block scope declaration declares that same entity and 5326 // receives the linkage of the previous declaration. 5327 // 5328 // C11 6.2.7p4: 5329 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 5330 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 5331 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 5332 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 5333 // declaration becomes the composite type. 5334 // 5335 // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to 5336 // update our understanding of the type according to declarations 5337 // not in scope. 5338 bool PreviousWasHidden = false; 5339 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 5340 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5341 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 5342 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 5343 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5344 PreviousWasHidden = true; 5345 } 5346 } 5347 5348 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5349 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5350 5351 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5352 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden); 5353 return true; 5354 } 5355 return false; 5356} 5357 5358/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5359struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5360 Sema *S; 5361 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5362}; 5363 5364/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5365/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5366/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5367static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5368 CXXBasePath &Path, 5369 void *UserData) { 5370 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5371 5372 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5373 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5374 5375 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5376 5377 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5378 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5379 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5380 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5381 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5382 5383 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5384 } 5385 5386 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5387 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5388 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5389 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5390 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5391 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5392 return true; 5393 } 5394 } 5395 5396 return false; 5397} 5398 5399namespace { 5400 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5401} 5402/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5403/// overriden methods. 5404/// 5405/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5406/// \param MD the overriding method. 5407/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5408static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5409 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5410 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5411 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5412 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5413 I != E; ++I) { 5414 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5415 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5416 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5417 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5418 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5419 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5420 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5421 } 5422} 5423 5424/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5425/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5426bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5427 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5428 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5429 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5430 Data.Method = MD; 5431 Data.S = this; 5432 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5433 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5434 bool AddedAny = false; 5435 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5436 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5437 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5438 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5439 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5440 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5441 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5442 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5443 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5444 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5445 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5446 AddedAny = true; 5447 } 5448 } 5449 } 5450 } 5451 5452 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5453 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5454 } 5455 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5456 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5457 } 5458 5459 return AddedAny; 5460} 5461 5462namespace { 5463 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5464 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5465 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5466 Scope *S; 5467 Declarator &D; 5468 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5469 bool AddToScope; 5470 }; 5471} 5472 5473namespace { 5474 5475// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5476// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5477class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5478 public: 5479 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5480 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5481 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5482 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5483 5484 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5485 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5486 return false; 5487 5488 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5489 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5490 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5491 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5492 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5493 5494 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5495 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5496 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5497 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5498 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5499 return true; 5500 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5501 return true; 5502 } 5503 } 5504 } 5505 5506 return false; 5507 } 5508 5509 private: 5510 ASTContext &Context; 5511 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5512 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5513}; 5514 5515} 5516 5517/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5518/// 5519/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5520/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5521/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5522/// the same name. 5523/// 5524/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5525/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5526static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5527 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5528 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5529 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5530 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5531 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5532 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5533 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5534 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5535 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5536 TypoCorrection Correction; 5537 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5538 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5539 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5540 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5541 5542 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5543 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5544 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5545 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5546 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5547 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5548 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5549 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5550 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5551 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5552 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5553 if (FD && 5554 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5555 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5556 // involve a parameter 5557 unsigned ParamNum = 5558 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5559 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5560 } 5561 } 5562 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5563 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5564 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5565 Validator, NewDC))) { 5566 // Trap errors. 5567 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5568 5569 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5570 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5571 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5572 Previous.clear(); 5573 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5574 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5575 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5576 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5577 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5578 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5579 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5580 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5581 } 5582 } 5583 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5584 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5585 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5586 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5587 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5588 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5589 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5590 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5591 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5592 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5593 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5594 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5595 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5596 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5597 Previous.clear(); 5598 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5599 Result = NULL; 5600 } else { 5601 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5602 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5603 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5604 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5605 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5606 } 5607 } 5608 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5609 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5610 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5611 } else { 5612 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5613 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5614 } 5615 } 5616 5617 if (Correction) { 5618 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5619 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5620 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5621 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5622 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5623 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5624 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5625 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5626 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5627 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5628 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5629 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5630 } else { 5631 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5632 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5633 } 5634 5635 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5636 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5637 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5638 5639 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5640 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5641 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5642 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5643 bool FDisConst = false; 5644 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5645 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5646 5647 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5648 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5649 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5650 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5651 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5652 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5653 } else if (Correction) { 5654 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5655 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5656 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5657 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5658 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5659 } else 5660 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5661 } 5662 return Result; 5663} 5664 5665static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5666 Declarator &D) { 5667 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5668 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5669 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5670 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5671 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5672 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5673 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5674 D.setInvalidType(); 5675 break; 5676 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5677 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 5678 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 5679 return SC_None; 5680 return SC_Extern; 5681 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5682 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5683 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5684 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5685 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5686 // other than extern 5687 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5688 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5689 diag::err_static_block_func); 5690 break; 5691 } else 5692 return SC_Static; 5693 } 5694 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5695 } 5696 5697 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5698 return SC_None; 5699} 5700 5701static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5702 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5703 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5704 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5705 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5706 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5707 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5708 5709 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5710 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5711 5712 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5713 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5714 // prototype. This true when: 5715 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5716 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5717 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5718 bool HasPrototype = 5719 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5720 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5721 5722 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5723 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5724 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5725 HasPrototype, false); 5726 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5727 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5728 5729 // Set the lexical context. 5730 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5731 5732 return NewFD; 5733 } 5734 5735 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5736 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5737 5738 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5739 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5740 // the class has been completely parsed. 5741 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5742 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5743 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5744 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5745 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5746 D.setInvalidType(); 5747 5748 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5749 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5750 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5751 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5752 5753 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5754 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5755 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5756 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5757 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5758 isConstexpr); 5759 5760 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5761 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5762 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5763 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5764 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5765 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5766 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5767 D.getLocStart(), 5768 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5769 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5770 5771 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5772 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5773 // it yet. 5774 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5775 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5776 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5777 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5778 } 5779 5780 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5781 return NewDD; 5782 5783 } else { 5784 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5785 D.setInvalidType(); 5786 5787 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5788 // code path. 5789 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5790 D.getLocStart(), 5791 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5792 SC, isInline, 5793 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5794 } 5795 5796 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5797 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5798 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5799 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5800 return 0; 5801 } 5802 5803 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5804 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5805 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5806 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5807 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5808 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5809 5810 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5811 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5812 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5813 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5814 // constructor if it has no return type). 5815 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5816 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5817 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5818 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5819 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5820 return 0; 5821 } 5822 5823 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5824 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 5825 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5826 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5827 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5828 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5829 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 5830 return Ret; 5831 } else { 5832 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5833 // prototype. This true when: 5834 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5835 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5836 D.getLocStart(), 5837 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 5838 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5839 } 5840} 5841 5842void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5843 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5844 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5845 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5846 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5847 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5848 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5849 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5850 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5851 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5852 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5853 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5854 << IsTypeAlias; 5855 } 5856} 5857 5858NamedDecl* 5859Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5860 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5861 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5862 bool &AddToScope) { 5863 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5864 5865 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5866 5867 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5868 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5869 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5870 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5871 5872 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 5873 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5874 diag::err_invalid_thread) 5875 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5876 5877 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5878 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5879 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5880 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5881 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5882 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5883 5884 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5885 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5886 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5887 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5888 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, 5889 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5890 FPT->getNumArgs()), 5891 EPI); 5892 } 5893 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5894 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5895 } 5896 5897 bool isFriend = false; 5898 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5899 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5900 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5901 5902 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5903 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5904 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5905 5906 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5907 5908 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5909 isVirtualOkay); 5910 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5911 5912 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5913 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5914 5915 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5916 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5917 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5918 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5919 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5920 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5921 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5922 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5923 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5924 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5925 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5926 } 5927 5928 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5929 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5930 // return true). 5931 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5932 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5933 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5934 NewFD->setPure(true); 5935 } 5936 5937 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5938 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5939 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5940 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5941 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5942 5943 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5944 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5945 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5946 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5947 5948 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5949 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5950 bool Invalid = false; 5951 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5952 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5953 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5954 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5955 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5956 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5957 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5958 isFriend, 5959 isExplicitSpecialization, 5960 Invalid)) { 5961 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5962 // This is a function template 5963 5964 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5965 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5966 return 0; 5967 5968 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5969 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5970 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5971 return 0; 5972 } 5973 5974 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5975 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5976 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5977 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5978 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5979 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5980 Invalid = true; 5981 } 5982 5983 5984 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5985 NewFD->getLocation(), 5986 Name, TemplateParams, 5987 NewFD); 5988 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5989 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5990 5991 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5992 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5993 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5994 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5995 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5996 } 5997 } else { 5998 // This is a function template specialization. 5999 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6000 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6001 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6002 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6003 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6004 6005 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6006 if (isFriend) { 6007 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6008 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6009 6010 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6011 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6012 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6013 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6014 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6015 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6016 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6017 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6018 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6019 } 6020 6021 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6022 << Name << RemoveRange 6023 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6024 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6025 } 6026 } 6027 } 6028 else { 6029 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6030 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6031 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6032 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6033 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6034 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6035 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6036 } 6037 6038 if (Invalid) { 6039 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6040 if (FunctionTemplate) 6041 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6042 } 6043 6044 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6045 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6046 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6047 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6048 // 6049 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6050 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6051 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6052 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6053 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6054 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6055 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6056 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6057 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6058 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6059 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6060 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6061 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6062 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6063 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6064 } else { 6065 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6066 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6067 } 6068 6069 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6070 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) 6071 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6072 } 6073 6074 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6075 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6076 // declaration. 6077 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6078 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6079 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6080 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6081 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6082 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6083 } 6084 } 6085 6086 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6087 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6088 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6089 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6090 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6091 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6092 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6093 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6094 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6095 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6096 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6097 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6098 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6099 // or conversion function. 6100 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6101 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6102 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6103 } 6104 } 6105 6106 if (isConstexpr) { 6107 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6108 // are implicitly inline. 6109 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6110 6111 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6112 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6113 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6114 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6115 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6116 } 6117 6118 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6119 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6120 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6121 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6122 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6123 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6124 << 0 6125 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6126 } else { 6127 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6128 if (FunctionTemplate) 6129 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6130 } 6131 } 6132 6133 if (isFriend) { 6134 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 6135 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6136 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6137 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6138 } 6139 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6140 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6141 } 6142 6143 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6144 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6145 case FDK_Declaration: 6146 case FDK_Definition: 6147 break; 6148 6149 case FDK_Defaulted: 6150 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6151 break; 6152 6153 case FDK_Deleted: 6154 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6155 break; 6156 } 6157 6158 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6159 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6160 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6161 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6162 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6163 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6164 } 6165 6166 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6167 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6168 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6169 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6170 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6171 // the class. 6172 6173 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6174 // member function definition. 6175 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6176 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6177 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6178 } 6179 6180 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6181 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6182 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6183 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6184 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6185 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6186 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6187 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6188 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6189 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6190 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6191 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6192 EPI)); 6193 } 6194 } 6195 6196 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6197 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6198 isExplicitSpecialization || 6199 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6200 6201 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6202 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6203 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6204 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6205 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6206 SE->getString())); 6207 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6208 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6209 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6210 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6211 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6212 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6213 } 6214 } 6215 6216 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6217 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6218 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6219 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6220 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6221 6222 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6223 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6224 // single void argument. 6225 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6226 // already checks for that case. 6227 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6228 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6229 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6230 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6231 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6232 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6233 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6234 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6235 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6236 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6237 Params.push_back(Param); 6238 6239 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6240 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6241 } 6242 } 6243 6244 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6245 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6246 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6247 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6248 // 6249 // @code 6250 // typedef void fn(int); 6251 // fn f; 6252 // @endcode 6253 6254 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6255 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6256 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6257 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6258 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6259 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6260 Params.push_back(Param); 6261 } 6262 } else { 6263 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6264 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6265 } 6266 6267 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6268 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6269 6270 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6271 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6272 // 6273 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6274 // 6275 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6276 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6277 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6278 6279 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6280 NewFD->addAttr( 6281 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6282 Context)); 6283 6284 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6285 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6286 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6287 6288 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6289 // because all functions have linkage. 6290 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6291 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6292 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6293 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6294 } 6295 6296 // Handle attributes. 6297 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6298 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6299 6300 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6301 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6302 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6303 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6304 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6305 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6306 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6307 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6308 Context)); 6309 } 6310 } 6311 6312 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6313 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6314 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6315 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6316 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6317 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6318 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6319 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6320 } 6321 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6322 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6323 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6324 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6325 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6326 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6327 } else { 6328 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6329 // argument list into our AST format. 6330 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6331 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6332 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6333 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6334 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6335 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6336 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6337 TemplateArgs); 6338 6339 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6340 6341 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6342 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6343 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6344 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6345 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6346 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6347 6348 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6349 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6350 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6351 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6352 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6353 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6354 // too few of them). 6355 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6356 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6357 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6358 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6359 "template<> "); 6360 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6361 } else { 6362 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6363 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6364 } 6365 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6366 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6367 // wrote something like: 6368 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6369 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6370 // friend void foo<>(int); 6371 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6372 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6373 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6374 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6375 } 6376 6377 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6378 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6379 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6380 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6381 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6382 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6383 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6384 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6385 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6386 InstantiationDependent))) { 6387 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6388 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6389 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6390 Previous)) 6391 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6392 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6393 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6394 && !isFriend) { 6395 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6396 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6397 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6398 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6399 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6400 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6401 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6402 Previous)) 6403 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6404 6405 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6406 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6407 // specialization (14.7.3) 6408 if (SC != SC_None) { 6409 if (SC != NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 6410 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6411 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6412 << SC 6413 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6414 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6415 6416 else 6417 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6418 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6419 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6420 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6421 } 6422 6423 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6424 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6425 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6426 } 6427 6428 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6429 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6430 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6431 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6432 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6433 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6434 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6435 } else { 6436 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6437 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6438 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6439 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6440 } 6441 } 6442 6443 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6444 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6445 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6446 6447 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6448 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6449 : NewFD); 6450 6451 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6452 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6453 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6454 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6455 6456 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6457 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6458 6459 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6460 } 6461 6462 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6463 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6464 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6465 6466 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6467 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6468 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6469 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6470 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6471 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6472 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6473 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6474 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6475 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6476 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6477 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6478 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6479 DC->isDependentContext()) 6480 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6481 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6482 } 6483 6484 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6485 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6486 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6487 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6488 AddToScope }; 6489 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6490 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6491 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6492 6493 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6494 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6495 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6496 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6497 6498 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6499 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6500 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6501 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6502 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6503 // can actually do this check immediately. 6504 if (isFriend && 6505 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6506 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6507 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6508 // ignore these 6509 } else { 6510 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6511 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6512 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6513 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6514 // 6515 // class X { 6516 // void f() const; 6517 // }; 6518 // 6519 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6520 // 6521 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6522 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6523 // whether the parameter types are references). 6524 6525 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6526 NewFD, 6527 ExtraArgs)) { 6528 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6529 return Result; 6530 } 6531 } 6532 6533 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6534 // to something. 6535 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6536 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6537 NewFD, 6538 ExtraArgs)) { 6539 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6540 return Result; 6541 } 6542 } 6543 6544 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6545 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6546 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6547 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6548 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6549 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6550 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6551 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6552 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6553 // generate them. 6554 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6555 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6556 } 6557 } 6558 6559 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 6560 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6561 6562 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6563 6564 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6565 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6566 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6567 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6568 << NewFD; 6569 6570 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6571 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6572 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6573 EPI.Variadic = true; 6574 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6575 6576 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI); 6577 NewFD->setType(R); 6578 } 6579 6580 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6581 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6582 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 6583 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6584 6585 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6586 // marking the function. 6587 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6588 6589 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6590 // map of such names. 6591 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6592 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6593 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6594 6595 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6596 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6597 6598 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6599 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6600 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6601 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6602 return FunctionTemplate; 6603 } 6604 } 6605 6606 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6607 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6608 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6609 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6610 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6611 D.setInvalidType(); 6612 } 6613 6614 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 6615 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 6616 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6617 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 6618 D.setInvalidType(); 6619 } 6620 6621 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6622 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6623 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6624 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6625 6626 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6627 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6628 // pointer to a pointer type. 6629 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6630 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6631 D.setInvalidType(); 6632 } 6633 6634 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6635 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6636 // of event_t type. 6637 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6638 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6639 D.setInvalidType(); 6640 } 6641 } 6642 } 6643 6644 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6645 6646 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6647 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6648 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6649 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6650 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6651 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6652 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6653 6654 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6655 } 6656 } 6657 6658 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6659 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6660 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6661 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6662 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6663 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6664 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6665 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6666 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6667 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6668 AddToScope = false; 6669 } 6670 6671 return NewFD; 6672} 6673 6674/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6675/// 6676/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6677/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6678/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6679/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6680/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6681/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6682/// via InstantiateDecl). 6683/// 6684/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6685/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6686/// 6687/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6688/// 6689/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6690bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6691 LookupResult &Previous, 6692 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6693 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6694 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6695 6696 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6697 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6698 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6699 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6700 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6701 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6702 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6703 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6704 } 6705 6706 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6707 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6708 6709 bool Redeclaration = false; 6710 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6711 6712 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6713 // the same name, if appropriate. 6714 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6715 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6716 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6717 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6718 // function to the scope. 6719 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6720 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6721 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 6722 Redeclaration = true; 6723 OldDecl = Candidate; 6724 } 6725 } else { 6726 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6727 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6728 case Ovl_Match: 6729 Redeclaration = true; 6730 break; 6731 6732 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6733 Redeclaration = true; 6734 break; 6735 6736 case Ovl_Overload: 6737 Redeclaration = false; 6738 break; 6739 } 6740 6741 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6742 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6743 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6744 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6745 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6746 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6747 if (Redeclaration) 6748 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6749 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6750 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6751 if (OverloadedDecl) 6752 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6753 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6754 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6755 Context)); 6756 } 6757 } 6758 } 6759 6760 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6761 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6762 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6763 // 6764 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6765 // definition of a static member function. 6766 // 6767 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 6768 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 6769 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6770 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 6771 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6772 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6773 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6774 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6775 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6776 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6777 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6778 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6779 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6780 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6781 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6782 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6783 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6784 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6785 EPI)); 6786 6787 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 6788 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 6789 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 6790 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 6791 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 6792 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 6793 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 6794 6795 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 6796 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 6797 } 6798 } 6799 } 6800 6801 if (Redeclaration) { 6802 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6803 // merged. 6804 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6805 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6806 return Redeclaration; 6807 } 6808 6809 Previous.clear(); 6810 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6811 6812 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6813 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6814 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6815 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6816 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6817 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6818 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6819 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6820 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6821 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6822 } 6823 6824 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6825 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6826 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6827 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6828 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6829 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6830 } 6831 6832 } else { 6833 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 6834 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6835 6836 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6837 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 6838 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 6839 // because of templates, which means that the previous 6840 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 6841 6842 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 6843 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6844 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 6845 6846 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 6847 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 6848 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 6849 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 6850 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 6851 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 6852 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 6853 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 6854 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 6855 } 6856 } 6857 } 6858 } 6859 } 6860 6861 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6862 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6863 // C++-specific checks. 6864 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6865 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6866 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6867 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6868 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6869 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6870 6871 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6872 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6873 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6874 DeclarationName Name 6875 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6876 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6877 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6878 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6879 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6880 return Redeclaration; 6881 } 6882 } 6883 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6884 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6885 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6886 } 6887 6888 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6889 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6890 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6891 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6892 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6893 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6894 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6895 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6896 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6897 } 6898 } 6899 } 6900 6901 if (Method->isStatic()) 6902 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6903 } 6904 6905 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6906 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6907 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6908 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6909 return Redeclaration; 6910 } 6911 6912 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6913 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6914 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6915 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6916 return Redeclaration; 6917 } 6918 6919 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6920 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6921 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6922 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6923 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6924 6925 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6926 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6927 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6928 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6929 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6930 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6931 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6932 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6933 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6934 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6935 } 6936 } 6937 6938 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6939 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6940 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6941 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 6942 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 6943 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6944 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6945 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6946 << NewFD << R; 6947 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6948 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6949 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6950 } 6951 } 6952 return Redeclaration; 6953} 6954 6955static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6956 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6957 if (!TSI) 6958 return SourceRange(); 6959 6960 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 6961 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 6962 if (!FunctionTL) 6963 return SourceRange(); 6964 6965 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 6966 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 6967 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 6968 6969 return SourceRange(); 6970} 6971 6972void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6973 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6974 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6975 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 6976 // appear in a declaration of main. 6977 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6978 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 6979 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6980 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6981 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6982 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6983 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6984 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6985 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6986 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 6987 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 6988 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 6989 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 6990 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 6991 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 6992 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 6993 } 6994 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6995 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6996 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6997 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6998 } 6999 7000 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7001 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7002 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7003 7004 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7005 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7006 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7007 // set the flag which tells us that. 7008 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7009 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7010 7011 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7012 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7013 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7014 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7015 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7016 7017 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7018 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7019 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7020 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7021 7022 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7023 } else { 7024 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7025 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7026 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7027 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7028 else 7029 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7030 7031 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7032 } 7033 7034 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7035 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7036 7037 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7038 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 7039 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7040 7041 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7042 7043 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7044 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7045 // getting shifty. 7046 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7047 HasExtraParameters = false; 7048 7049 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7050 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7051 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7052 nparams = 3; 7053 } 7054 7055 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7056 // if we had some location information about types. 7057 7058 QualType CharPP = 7059 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7060 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7061 7062 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7063 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 7064 7065 bool mismatch = true; 7066 7067 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7068 mismatch = false; 7069 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7070 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7071 // char const ** 7072 // char const * const * 7073 // char * const * 7074 7075 QualifierCollector qs; 7076 const PointerType* PT; 7077 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7078 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7079 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7080 Context.CharTy)) { 7081 qs.removeConst(); 7082 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7083 } 7084 } 7085 7086 if (mismatch) { 7087 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7088 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7089 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7090 } 7091 } 7092 7093 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7094 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7095 } 7096 7097 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7098 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 7099 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7100 } 7101} 7102 7103bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7104 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7105 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7106 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7107 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7108 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7109 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7110 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7111 // rules there don't matter.) 7112 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7113 return false; 7114 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7115 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7116 return true; 7117} 7118 7119namespace { 7120 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7121 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7122 class SelfReferenceChecker 7123 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7124 Sema &S; 7125 Decl *OrigDecl; 7126 bool isRecordType; 7127 bool isPODType; 7128 bool isReferenceType; 7129 7130 public: 7131 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7132 7133 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7134 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7135 isPODType = false; 7136 isRecordType = false; 7137 isReferenceType = false; 7138 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7139 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7140 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7141 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7142 } 7143 } 7144 7145 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7146 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7147 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7148 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7149 if (isReferenceType) 7150 return; 7151 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7152 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7153 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7154 return; 7155 } 7156 7157 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7158 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7159 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7160 return; 7161 } 7162 7163 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7164 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7165 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7166 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7167 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7168 return; 7169 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7170 } 7171 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7172 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7173 return; 7174 } 7175 } 7176 7177 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7178 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7179 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7180 if (isReferenceType) 7181 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7182 } 7183 7184 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7185 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7186 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7187 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7188 7189 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7190 } 7191 7192 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7193 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7194 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7195 7196 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7197 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7198 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7199 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7200 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7201 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7202 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7203 Warn = false; 7204 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7205 } 7206 7207 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7208 if (Warn) 7209 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7210 return; 7211 } 7212 7213 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7214 // Visit that expression. 7215 Visit(Base); 7216 } 7217 7218 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7219 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7220 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7221 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7222 7223 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7224 } 7225 7226 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7227 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7228 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7229 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7230 if (!isPODType) 7231 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7232 return; 7233 } 7234 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7235 } 7236 7237 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7238 7239 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7240 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7241 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7242 unsigned diag; 7243 if (isReferenceType) { 7244 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7245 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7246 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7247 } else { 7248 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7249 } 7250 7251 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7252 S.PDiag(diag) 7253 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7254 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7255 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7256 } 7257 }; 7258 7259 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7260 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7261 bool DirectInit) { 7262 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7263 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7264 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7265 return; 7266 7267 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7268 7269 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7270 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7271 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7272 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7273 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7274 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7275 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7276 return; 7277 7278 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7279 } 7280} 7281 7282/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7283/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7284/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7285void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7286 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7287 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7288 // the initializer. 7289 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7290 return; 7291 7292 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7293 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7294 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7295 // Thus this grotesque test. 7296 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7297 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7298 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7299 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7300 else { 7301 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7302 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7303 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7304 } 7305 return; 7306 } 7307 7308 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7309 if (!VDecl) { 7310 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7311 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7312 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7313 return; 7314 } 7315 7316 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7317 7318 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7319 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7320 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7321 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7322 // contains exactly one expression. 7323 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7324 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7325 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7326 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7327 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7328 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7329 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7330 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7331 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7332 return; 7333 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7334 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7335 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7336 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7337 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7338 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7339 return; 7340 } else { 7341 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7342 } 7343 } 7344 7345 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7346 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7347 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7348 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7349 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7350 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7351 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7352 return; 7353 } 7354 Init = Result.take(); 7355 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7356 } 7357 7358 QualType DeducedType; 7359 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7360 DAR_Failed) 7361 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7362 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 7363 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7364 return; 7365 } 7366 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 7367 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 7368 7369 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7370 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7371 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7372 7373 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7374 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7375 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7376 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7377 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7378 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 7379 SourceLocation Loc = 7380 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7381 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7382 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7383 } 7384 7385 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7386 // the previously declared type. 7387 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7388 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false); 7389 7390 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 7391 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 7392 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7393 return; 7394 } 7395 7396 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7397 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7398 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7399 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7400 return; 7401 } 7402 7403 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7404 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7405 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7406 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7407 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7408 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7409 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7410 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7411 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7412 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7413 return; 7414 } 7415 7416 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7417 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7418 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7419 AbstractVariableType)) 7420 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7421 } 7422 7423 const VarDecl *Def; 7424 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7425 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7426 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7427 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7428 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7429 return; 7430 } 7431 7432 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7433 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7434 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7435 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7436 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7437 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7438 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7439 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7440 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7441 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7442 // 7443 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7444 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7445 // declaration with an initializer. 7446 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7447 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7448 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7449 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7450 return; 7451 } 7452 7453 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7454 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7455 7456 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7457 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7458 return; 7459 } 7460 } 7461 7462 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7463 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7464 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7465 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7466 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7467 return; 7468 } 7469 7470 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7471 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7472 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7473 7474 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7475 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 7476 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 7477 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7478 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7479 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7480 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7481 return; 7482 } 7483 Init = Result.take(); 7484 } 7485 7486 // Perform the initialization. 7487 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7488 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7489 InitializationKind Kind 7490 = DirectInit ? 7491 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7492 Init->getLocStart(), 7493 Init->getLocEnd()) 7494 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7495 VDecl->getLocation()) 7496 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7497 Init->getLocStart()); 7498 7499 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 7500 if (CXXDirectInit) 7501 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 7502 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 7503 7504 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 7505 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 7506 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7507 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7508 return; 7509 } 7510 7511 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7512 } 7513 7514 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7515 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7516 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7517 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7518 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7519 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7520 } 7521 7522 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7523 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7524 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7525 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7526 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7527 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7528 7529 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7530 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7531 7532 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7533 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7534 7535 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7536 // Although this code can still have problems: 7537 // id x = self.weakProp; 7538 // id y = self.weakProp; 7539 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7540 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7541 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7542 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7543 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7544 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7545 Init->getLocStart()); 7546 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7547 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7548 } 7549 } 7550 7551 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7552 // 7553 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7554 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7555 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7556 // 7557 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7558 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7559 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7560 // 7561 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7562 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7563 false, 7564 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7565 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7566 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7567 return; 7568 } 7569 Init = Result.take(); 7570 7571 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7572 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7573 7574 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7575 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7576 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7577 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7578 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7579 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7580 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7581 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7582 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7583 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7584 // 7585 // struct S { 7586 // static const int value = 17; 7587 // }; 7588 7589 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7590 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7591 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7592 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7593 // 7594 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7595 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7596 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7597 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7598 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7599 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7600 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7601 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7602 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7603 7604 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7605 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7606 7607 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7608 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7609 // type. 7610 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7611 7612 // Require constness. 7613 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7614 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7615 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7616 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7617 7618 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7619 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7620 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7621 SourceLocation Loc; 7622 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7623 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7624 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7625 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7626 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7627 ; // Nothing to check. 7628 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7629 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7630 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7631 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7632 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7633 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7634 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7635 } else { 7636 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7637 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7638 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7639 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7640 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7641 } 7642 7643 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7644 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7645 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7646 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7647 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7648 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7649 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7650 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7651 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7652 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7653 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7654 } else { 7655 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7656 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7657 7658 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7659 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7660 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7661 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7662 } 7663 } 7664 7665 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7666 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 7667 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7668 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7669 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7670 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7671 7672 } else { 7673 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7674 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7675 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7676 } 7677 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7678 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 7679 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7680 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 7681 VDecl->isExternC()))) 7682 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7683 7684 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7685 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7686 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7687 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 7688 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 7689 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 7690 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 7691 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 7692 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 7693 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 7694 // initialization. 7695 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 7696 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 7697 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 7698 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 7699 } 7700 } 7701 7702 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7703 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7704 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7705 // 7706 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7707 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7708 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7709 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7710 // special case code. 7711 7712 // C++ 8.5p11: 7713 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7714 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7715 // class type. 7716 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7717 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7718 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7719 } else if (DirectInit) { 7720 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7721 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7722 } 7723 7724 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7725} 7726 7727/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7728/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7729/// of sanity. 7730void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7731 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7732 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7733 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7734 7735 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7736 if (!VD) return; 7737 7738 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7739 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7740 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7741 return; 7742 } 7743 7744 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7745 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7746 7747 // Require a complete type. 7748 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7749 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7750 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7751 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7752 return; 7753 } 7754 7755 // Require an abstract type. 7756 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7757 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7758 AbstractVariableType)) { 7759 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7760 return; 7761 } 7762 7763 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7764 // though. 7765} 7766 7767void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7768 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7769 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7770 if (RealDecl == 0) 7771 return; 7772 7773 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7774 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7775 7776 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7777 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7778 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7779 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7780 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7781 return; 7782 } 7783 7784 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7785 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7786 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7787 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7788 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7789 // member. 7790 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7791 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7792 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7793 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7794 << Var->getDeclName(); 7795 else 7796 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7797 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7798 return; 7799 } 7800 7801 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7802 case VarDecl::Definition: 7803 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7804 break; 7805 7806 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7807 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7808 // a declaration. 7809 // 7810 // Fall through 7811 7812 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7813 // It's only a declaration. 7814 7815 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7816 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7817 // object shall be complete. 7818 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7819 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7820 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7821 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7822 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7823 7824 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7825 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7826 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7827 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7828 AbstractVariableType)) 7829 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7830 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7831 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7832 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7833 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7834 } 7835 7836 return; 7837 7838 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7839 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7840 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7841 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7842 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7843 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7844 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7845 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7846 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7847 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7848 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7849 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7850 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7851 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7852 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7853 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7854 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7855 // NOTE: code such as the following 7856 // static struct s; 7857 // struct s { int a; }; 7858 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7859 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7860 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7861 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7862 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7863 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7864 } 7865 } 7866 7867 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7868 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7869 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7870 return; 7871 } 7872 7873 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7874 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7875 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7876 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7877 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7878 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7879 return; 7880 } 7881 7882 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7883 // definitions with reference type. 7884 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7885 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7886 << Var->getDeclName() 7887 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7888 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7889 return; 7890 } 7891 7892 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7893 // variable with dependent type. 7894 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7895 return; 7896 7897 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7898 return; 7899 7900 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7901 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7902 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7903 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7904 return; 7905 } 7906 7907 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7908 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7909 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7910 AbstractVariableType)) { 7911 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7912 return; 7913 } 7914 7915 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7916 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7917 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7918 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7919 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7920 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7921 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7922 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7923 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7924 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7925 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7926 if (const RecordType *Record 7927 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7928 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7929 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7930 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7931 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7932 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7933 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7934 } 7935 } 7936 7937 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7938 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7939 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7940 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7941 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7942 // type shall have a user-declared default 7943 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7944 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7945 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7946 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7947 // program is ill-formed. 7948 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7949 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7950 // default-initialized; [...]. 7951 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7952 InitializationKind Kind 7953 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7954 7955 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 7956 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 7957 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7958 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7959 else if (Init.get()) { 7960 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7961 // This is important for template substitution. 7962 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7963 } 7964 7965 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7966 } 7967} 7968 7969void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7970 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7971 if (!VD) { 7972 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7973 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7974 return; 7975 } 7976 7977 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7978 7979 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7980 int Error = -1; 7981 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 7982 case SC_None: 7983 break; 7984 case SC_Extern: 7985 Error = 0; 7986 break; 7987 case SC_Static: 7988 Error = 1; 7989 break; 7990 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7991 Error = 2; 7992 break; 7993 case SC_Auto: 7994 Error = 3; 7995 break; 7996 case SC_Register: 7997 Error = 4; 7998 break; 7999 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8000 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8001 } 8002 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8003 Error = 5; 8004 if (Error != -1) { 8005 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8006 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8007 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8008 } 8009} 8010 8011void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8012 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8013 8014 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8015 // local retaining variable. 8016 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8017 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8018 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8019 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8020 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8021 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8022 break; 8023 8024 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8025 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8026 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8027 break; 8028 } 8029 } 8030 8031 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8032 var->isExternallyVisible() && 8033 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8034 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8035 var->getLocation())) { 8036 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8037 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8038 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8039 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8040 8041 if (!prev) 8042 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8043 } 8044 8045 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8046 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8047 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8048 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8049 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8050 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8051 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8052 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8053 } 8054 8055 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8056 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8057 8058 QualType type = var->getType(); 8059 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8060 8061 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8062 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8063 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8064 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8065 8066 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8067 // constructing this copy. 8068 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8069 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8070 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8071 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8072 ExprResult result 8073 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8074 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8075 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8076 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8077 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8078 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8079 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8080 } 8081 } 8082 } 8083 8084 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8085 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8086 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8087 8088 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8089 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8090 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8091 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8092 var->getLocation()) 8093 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 8094 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8095 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8096 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8097 8098 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8099 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8100 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8101 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8102 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8103 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8104 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8105 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8106 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8107 Notes.clear(); 8108 } 8109 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8110 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8111 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8112 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8113 } 8114 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8115 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8116 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8117 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8118 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8119 } 8120 } 8121 8122 // Require the destructor. 8123 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8124 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8125} 8126 8127/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8128/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8129void 8130Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8131 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8132 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8133 8134 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8135 if (!VD) 8136 return; 8137 8138 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8139 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8140 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8141 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8142 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8143 8144 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8145 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8146 8147 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8148 // tag values. 8149 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8150 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8151 return; 8152 8153 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8154 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8155 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8156 I != E; ++I) { 8157 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8158 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8159 continue; 8160 } 8161 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8162 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8163 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8164 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8165 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8166 continue; 8167 } 8168 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8169 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8170 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8171 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8172 continue; 8173 } 8174 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8175 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8176 MagicValue, 8177 I->getMatchingCType(), 8178 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8179 I->getMustBeNull()); 8180 } 8181} 8182 8183Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8184Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8185 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8186 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8187 8188 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8189 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8190 8191 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8192 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 8193 Decls.push_back(D); 8194 8195 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 8196 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 8197 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 8198 8199 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 8200 DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 8201} 8202 8203/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8204/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8205Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8206Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 8207 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8208 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8209 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8210 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8211 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8212 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8213 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8214 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8215 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 8216 QualType Deduced; 8217 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8218 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8219 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 8220 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8221 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8222 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8223 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8224 break; 8225 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 8226 if (!U.isNull()) { 8227 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8228 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8229 Deduced = U; 8230 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8231 DeducedDecl = D; 8232 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8233 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8234 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8235 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 8236 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8237 << U << D->getDeclName() 8238 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8239 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8240 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8241 break; 8242 } 8243 } 8244 } 8245 } 8246 } 8247 8248 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 8249 8250 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 8251} 8252 8253void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8254 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 8255} 8256 8257void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8258 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8259 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 8260 return; 8261 8262 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8263 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8264 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8265 return; 8266 8267 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 8268 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8269 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8270 // additional declaration references: 8271 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8272 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8273 // 'struct S *pS;' 8274 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8275 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8276 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8277 Group++; 8278 NumDecls--; 8279 } 8280 } 8281 8282 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8283 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8284 if (!Comments.empty() && 8285 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8286 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8287 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8288 // 8289 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8290 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8291 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8292 // ahead through comments. 8293 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8294 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8295 } 8296} 8297 8298/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8299/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8300Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8301 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8302 8303 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8304 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8305 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8306 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8307 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8308 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8309 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8310 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8311 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8312 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8313 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8314 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8315 } 8316 8317 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8318 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 8319 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8320 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 8321 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8322 << 0; 8323 8324 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 8325 8326 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8327 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8328 8329 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8330 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8331 // parameter. 8332 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8333 8334 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8335 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8336 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8337 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8338 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8339 } 8340 } 8341 8342 // Ensure we have a valid name 8343 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8344 if (D.hasName()) { 8345 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8346 if (!II) { 8347 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8348 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8349 D.setInvalidType(true); 8350 } 8351 } 8352 8353 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8354 if (II) { 8355 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8356 ForRedeclaration); 8357 LookupName(R, S); 8358 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8359 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8360 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8361 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8362 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8363 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8364 PrevDecl = 0; 8365 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8366 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8367 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8368 8369 // Recover by removing the name 8370 II = 0; 8371 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8372 D.setInvalidType(true); 8373 } 8374 } 8375 } 8376 8377 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8378 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8379 // looking like class members in C++. 8380 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8381 D.getLocStart(), 8382 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8383 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8384 StorageClass); 8385 8386 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8387 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8388 8389 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8390 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8391 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8392 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8393 8394 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8395 S->AddDecl(New); 8396 if (II) 8397 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8398 8399 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8400 8401 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8402 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8403 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8404 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8405 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8406 8407 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8408 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8409 } 8410 return New; 8411} 8412 8413/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8414/// typedef. 8415ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8416 SourceLocation Loc, 8417 QualType T) { 8418 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8419 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8420 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8421 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8422 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8423 SC_None, 0); 8424 Param->setImplicit(); 8425 return Param; 8426} 8427 8428void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8429 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8430 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8431 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8432 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8433 return; 8434 8435 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8436 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8437 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8438 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8439 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8440 } 8441 } 8442} 8443 8444void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8445 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 8446 QualType ReturnTy, 8447 NamedDecl *D) { 8448 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 8449 return; 8450 8451 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8452 // threshold. 8453 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 8454 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 8455 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8456 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 8457 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 8458 } 8459 8460 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8461 // threshold. 8462 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8463 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8464 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8465 continue; 8466 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8467 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8468 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8469 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8470 } 8471} 8472 8473ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8474 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8475 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8476 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 8477 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8478 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8479 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8480 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8481 8482 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8483 8484 // Special cases for arrays: 8485 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8486 // - otherwise, it's an error 8487 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8488 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8489 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8490 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8491 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8492 } 8493 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8494 } else { 8495 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8496 } 8497 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8498 } 8499 8500 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8501 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8502 TSInfo, 8503 StorageClass, 0); 8504 8505 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8506 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8507 // the class has been completely parsed. 8508 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8509 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8510 AbstractParamType)) 8511 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8512 8513 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8514 // passed by reference. 8515 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8516 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8517 Diag(NameLoc, 8518 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8519 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8520 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8521 New->setType(T); 8522 } 8523 8524 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8525 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8526 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8527 // an address space. 8528 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8529 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8530 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8531 } 8532 8533 return New; 8534} 8535 8536void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8537 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8538 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8539 8540 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8541 // for a K&R function. 8542 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8543 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8544 --i; 8545 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8546 SmallString<256> Code; 8547 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8548 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8549 << ";\n"; 8550 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8551 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8552 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8553 8554 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8555 // type. 8556 AttributeFactory attrs; 8557 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8558 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8559 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8560 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8561 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8562 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8563 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8564 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8565 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8566 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8567 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8568 } 8569 } 8570 } 8571} 8572 8573Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8574 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8575 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8576 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8577 8578 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8579 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8580 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8581} 8582 8583static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8584 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8585 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8586 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8587 return false; 8588 8589 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8590 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8591 return false; 8592 8593 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8594 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8595 return false; 8596 8597 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8598 if (FD->isMain()) 8599 return false; 8600 8601 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8602 if (FD->isInlined()) 8603 return false; 8604 8605 // Don't warn about function templates. 8606 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8607 return false; 8608 8609 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8610 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8611 return false; 8612 8613 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8614 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8615 return false; 8616 8617 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8618 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8619 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8620 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8621 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8622 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8623 continue; 8624 8625 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8626 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8627 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8628 break; 8629 } 8630 8631 return MissingPrototype; 8632} 8633 8634void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8635 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8636 // was an extern inline function. 8637 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8638 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8639 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8640 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8641 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8642 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8643 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8644 else 8645 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8646 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8647 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8648 } 8649} 8650 8651Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8652 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8653 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8654 8655 if (!D) 8656 return D; 8657 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8658 8659 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8660 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8661 else 8662 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8663 8664 // Enter a new function scope 8665 PushFunctionScope(); 8666 8667 // See if this is a redefinition. 8668 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8669 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8670 8671 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8672 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8673 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8674 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8675 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8676 } 8677 } 8678 8679 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8680 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8681 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8682 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8683 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8684 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8685 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8686 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8687 8688 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8689 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8690 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8691 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8692 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8693 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8694 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8695 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8696 8697 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8698 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8699 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8700 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 8701 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8702 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 8703 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8704 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8705 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8706 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8707 } 8708 } 8709 8710 if (FnBodyScope) 8711 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8712 8713 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8714 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8715 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8716 8717 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8718 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8719 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8720 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8721 8722 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8723 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8724 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8725 8726 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8727 } 8728 } 8729 8730 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8731 // introduce them into the function scope. 8732 if (FnBodyScope) { 8733 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8734 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8735 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8736 8737 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8738 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8739 // and reattach to the current context. 8740 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8741 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8742 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8743 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8744 if (*DI == D) { 8745 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8746 break; 8747 } 8748 } 8749 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8750 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8751 } 8752 8753 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8754 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8755 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8756 8757 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8758 // accessible in this scope. 8759 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8760 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8761 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8762 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8763 } 8764 } 8765 } 8766 8767 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8768 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8769 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8770 8771 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8772 // dllimport attribute. 8773 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8774 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8775 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8776 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8777 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8778 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8779 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8780 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8781 << "dllimport"; 8782 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8783 return D; 8784 } 8785 8786 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8787 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8788 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8789 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8790 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8791 // emitted. 8792 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8793 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8794 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8795 } 8796 } 8797 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8798 // a function template). 8799 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8800 return D; 8801} 8802 8803/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8804/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8805/// optimization. 8806/// 8807/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8808/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8809/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8810/// use the named return value optimization. 8811/// 8812/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8813/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8814/// the NRVO variable. 8815/// 8816/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8817/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8818/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8819void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8820 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8821 8822 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8823 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8824 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8825 return; 8826 8827 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8828 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8829 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8830 return; 8831 } 8832 8833 if (NRVOCandidate) 8834 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8835} 8836 8837bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8838 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8839 return false; 8840 8841 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8842 return true; 8843 8844 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8845 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8846 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8847 else 8848 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8849 8850 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8851 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8852 // rest of the file. 8853 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 8854 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 8855 return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType(); 8856} 8857 8858Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8859 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8860 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8861 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8862 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8863 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8864} 8865 8866Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8867 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8868} 8869 8870Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8871 bool IsInstantiation) { 8872 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8873 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8874 if (FunTmpl) 8875 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8876 else 8877 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8878 8879 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8880 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8881 8882 if (FD) { 8883 FD->setBody(Body); 8884 8885 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 8886 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8887 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 8888 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 8889 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 8890 if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 8891 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 8892 << FD->getResultType(); 8893 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8894 } else { 8895 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 8896 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 8897 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc(); 8898 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 8899 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 8900 } 8901 } 8902 8903 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 8904 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 8905 // is the first declaration. 8906 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 8907 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 8908 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8909 else if (FD->isInlined() && 8910 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 8911 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 8912 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8913 } 8914 8915 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8916 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8917 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8918 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8919 8920 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8921 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8922 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8923 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8924 8925 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8926 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8927 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8928 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8929 8930 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8931 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8932 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8933 8934 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8935 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8936 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8937 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8938 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8939 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8940 } 8941 8942 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8943 "Function parsing confused"); 8944 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8945 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8946 MD->setBody(Body); 8947 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8948 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8949 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8950 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8951 8952 if (Body) 8953 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8954 } 8955 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8956 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8957 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8958 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8959 } 8960 } else { 8961 return 0; 8962 } 8963 8964 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8965 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8966 "handled in the block above."); 8967 8968 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8969 if (Body) { 8970 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8971 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8972 // Verify this. 8973 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8974 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8975 8976 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8977 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8978 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8979 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8980 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8981 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8982 8983 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8984 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8985 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8986 8987 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8988 Destructor->getParent()); 8989 } 8990 8991 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8992 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8993 // deletion in some later function. 8994 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8995 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8996 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8997 } 8998 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8999 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9000 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9001 // enabled. 9002 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9003 } 9004 9005 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9006 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9007 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9008 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9009 9010 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9011 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9012 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9013 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9014 } 9015 9016 if (!IsInstantiation) 9017 PopDeclContext(); 9018 9019 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9020 9021 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9022 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9023 // deletion in some later function. 9024 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9025 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9026 } 9027 9028 return dcl; 9029} 9030 9031 9032/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9033/// relevant Decl. 9034void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9035 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9036 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9037 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9038 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9039 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9040 9041 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9042 if (Method->isStatic()) 9043 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9044} 9045 9046 9047/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9048/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9049NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9050 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9051 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9052 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9053 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9054 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9055 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 9056 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 9057 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 9058 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 9059 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9060 return Pos->second; 9061 } 9062 9063 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9064 unsigned diag_id; 9065 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9066 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9067 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9068 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9069 else 9070 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9071 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9072 9073 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9074 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9075 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9076 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9077 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9078 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9079 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 9080 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 9081 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 9082 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 9083 9084 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 9085 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 9086 9087 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 9088 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9089 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 9090 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 9091 } 9092 } 9093 9094 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9095 const char *Dummy; 9096 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9097 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9098 unsigned DiagID; 9099 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 9100 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9101 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9102 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9103 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9104 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9105 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9106 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9107 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9108 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9109 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9110 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9111 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9112 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9113 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9114 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9115 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9116 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9117 EST_None, 9118 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9119 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9120 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9121 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9122 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9123 Loc, Loc, D), 9124 DS.getAttributes(), 9125 SourceLocation()); 9126 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9127 9128 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9129 9130 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9131 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9132 9133 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9134 FD->setImplicit(); 9135 9136 CurContext = PrevDC; 9137 9138 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9139 9140 return FD; 9141} 9142 9143/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9144/// the declaration of this function. 9145/// 9146/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9147/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9148/// like NSLog or printf. 9149/// 9150/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9151/// attributes are applied to declarations. 9152void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9153 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9154 return; 9155 9156 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9157 // actual attributes. 9158 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9159 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9160 unsigned FormatIdx; 9161 bool HasVAListArg; 9162 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9163 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9164 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9165 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9166 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9167 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9168 fmt = "NSString"; 9169 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9170 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 9171 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9172 } 9173 } 9174 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9175 HasVAListArg)) { 9176 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9177 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9178 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 9179 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9180 } 9181 9182 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9183 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9184 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9185 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9186 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9187 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9188 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9189 } 9190 9191 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9192 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9193 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9194 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9195 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9196 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9197 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9198 } 9199 9200 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 9201 if (!Name) 9202 return; 9203 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9204 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 9205 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 9206 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 9207 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 9208 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 9209 // about. 9210 } else 9211 return; 9212 9213 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 9214 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 9215 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 9216 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9217 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9218 "printf", 2, 9219 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 9220 } 9221 9222 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 9223 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 9224 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 9225 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 9226 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 9227 } 9228} 9229 9230TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 9231 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 9232 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 9233 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 9234 9235 if (!TInfo) { 9236 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 9237 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 9238 } 9239 9240 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 9241 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9242 D.getLocStart(), 9243 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9244 D.getIdentifier(), 9245 TInfo); 9246 9247 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 9248 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 9249 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 9250 return NewTD; 9251 } 9252 9253 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9254 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9255 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9256 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 9257 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9258 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9259 else 9260 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9261 } 9262 9263 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9264 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9265 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9266 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9267 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9268 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9269 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9270 case TST_enum: 9271 case TST_struct: 9272 case TST_interface: 9273 case TST_union: 9274 case TST_class: { 9275 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9276 9277 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9278 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9279 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9280 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9281 9282 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9283 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9284 9285 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9286 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9287 break; 9288 9289 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9290 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9291 break; 9292 } 9293 9294 default: 9295 break; 9296 } 9297 9298 return NewTD; 9299} 9300 9301 9302/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9303bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9304 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9305 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9306 9307 if (T->isDependentType()) 9308 return false; 9309 9310 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9311 if (BT->isInteger()) 9312 return false; 9313 9314 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9315 return true; 9316} 9317 9318/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9319/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9320bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9321 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9322 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9323 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9324 9325 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9326 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9327 << Prev->isScoped(); 9328 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9329 return true; 9330 } 9331 9332 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9333 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9334 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9335 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9336 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9337 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9338 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9339 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9340 return true; 9341 } 9342 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9343 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9344 << Prev->isFixed(); 9345 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9346 return true; 9347 } 9348 9349 return false; 9350} 9351 9352/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9353/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9354/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9355/// 9356/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9357static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9358 switch (Tag) { 9359 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9360 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9361 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9362 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9363 } 9364} 9365 9366/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9367/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9368/// 9369/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9370static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9371{ 9372 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9373} 9374 9375/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9376/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9377/// 9378/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9379bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9380 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9381 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9382 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9383 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9384 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9385 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9386 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9387 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9388 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9389 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9390 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9391 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9392 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9393 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9394 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9395 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9396 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9397 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9398 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9399 return true; 9400 9401 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9402 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9403 bool isTemplate = false; 9404 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9405 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9406 9407 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9408 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9409 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9410 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9411 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9412 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9413 return true; 9414 } 9415 9416 if (isDefinition) { 9417 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9418 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9419 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9420 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9421 return true; 9422 } 9423 9424 bool previousMismatch = false; 9425 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9426 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9427 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9428 if (!previousMismatch) { 9429 previousMismatch = true; 9430 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9431 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9432 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 9433 } 9434 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9435 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 9436 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 9437 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 9438 } 9439 } 9440 return true; 9441 } 9442 9443 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 9444 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 9445 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 9446 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 9447 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 9448 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 9449 return true; 9450 } 9451 9452 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9453 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9454 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9455 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9456 9457 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 9458 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9459 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9460 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 9461 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 9462 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 9463 } 9464 9465 return true; 9466 } 9467 return false; 9468} 9469 9470/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 9471/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 9472/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 9473/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 9474Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 9475 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 9476 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 9477 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 9478 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 9479 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 9480 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 9481 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 9482 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 9483 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 9484 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 9485 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 9486 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 9487 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 9488 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 9489 9490 OwnedDecl = false; 9491 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9492 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9493 9494 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9495 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9496 bool Invalid = false; 9497 9498 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9499 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9500 // for non-C++ cases. 9501 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9502 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9503 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9504 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9505 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9506 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9507 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9508 isExplicitSpecialization, 9509 Invalid)) { 9510 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9511 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 9512 return 0; 9513 } 9514 9515 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9516 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9517 // be a member of another template). 9518 9519 if (Invalid) 9520 return 0; 9521 9522 OwnedDecl = false; 9523 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9524 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9525 TemplateParams, AS, 9526 ModulePrivateLoc, 9527 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9528 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9529 return Result.get(); 9530 } else { 9531 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9532 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9533 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9534 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9535 } 9536 } 9537 } 9538 9539 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9540 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9541 // redeclaration. 9542 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9543 9544 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9545 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9546 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9547 // type, default to int. 9548 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9549 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9550 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9551 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9552 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9553 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9554 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9555 9556 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9557 // Recover by falling back to int. 9558 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9559 9560 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9561 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9562 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9563 9564 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9565 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9566 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9567 } 9568 9569 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9570 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9571 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9572 9573 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9574 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9575 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9576 9577 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9578 9579 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9580 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9581 9582 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9583 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9584 Name = 0; 9585 goto CreateNewDecl; 9586 } 9587 9588 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9589 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9590 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9591 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9592 if (!DC) { 9593 IsDependent = true; 9594 return 0; 9595 } 9596 } else { 9597 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9598 if (!DC) { 9599 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9600 << SS.getRange(); 9601 return 0; 9602 } 9603 } 9604 9605 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9606 return 0; 9607 9608 SearchDC = DC; 9609 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9610 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9611 9612 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9613 return 0; 9614 9615 if (Previous.empty()) { 9616 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9617 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9618 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9619 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9620 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9621 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9622 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9623 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9624 IsDependent = true; 9625 return 0; 9626 } 9627 9628 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9629 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9630 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9631 Name = 0; 9632 Invalid = true; 9633 goto CreateNewDecl; 9634 } 9635 } else if (Name) { 9636 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9637 // declaration or definition. 9638 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9639 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9640 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9641 LookupName(Previous, S); 9642 9643 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 9644 // by types using'ed into this scope. 9645 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9646 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9647 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9648 while (F.hasNext()) { 9649 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9650 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9651 F.erase(); 9652 } 9653 F.done(); 9654 } 9655 9656 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 9657 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 9658 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 9659 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 9660 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 9661 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 9662 // 9663 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 9664 // semantic context? 9665 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9666 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9667 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9668 while (F.hasNext()) { 9669 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9670 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9671 if (DC->isFileContext() && !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) 9672 F.erase(); 9673 } 9674 F.done(); 9675 } 9676 9677 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9678 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9679 return 0; 9680 9681 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9682 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9683 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9684 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9685 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9686 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9687 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9688 } 9689 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9690 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9691 // initial context to the translation unit. 9692 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9693 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9694 } 9695 9696 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9697 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9698 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9699 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9700 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9701 Previous.clear(); 9702 } 9703 9704 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9705 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9706 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9707 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9708 9709 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9710 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9711 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9712 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9713 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9714 } 9715 } 9716 9717 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9718 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9719 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9720 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9721 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9722 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9723 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9724 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9725 9726 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9727 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9728 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9729 // 9730 // class-key identifier 9731 // 9732 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9733 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9734 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9735 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9736 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9737 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9738 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9739 // declaration. 9740 // 9741 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9742 // C structs and unions. 9743 // 9744 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9745 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9746 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9747 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9748 // 9749 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9750 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9751 // 9752 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9753 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9754 // lexical context, 9755 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9756 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9757 9758 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9759 while (S->isClassScope() || 9760 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9761 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9762 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9763 (S->getEntity() && 9764 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9765 S = S->getParent(); 9766 } else { 9767 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9768 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9769 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9770 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9771 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9772 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9773 } 9774 9775 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9776 // diagnose some problems. 9777 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9778 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9779 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9780 } 9781 } 9782 9783 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9784 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9785 9786 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9787 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9788 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9789 // in C++. 9790 // 9791 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9792 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9793 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9794 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9795 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9796 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9797 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9798 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9799 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9800 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9801 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9802 PrevDecl = Tag; 9803 Previous.clear(); 9804 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9805 Previous.resolveKind(); 9806 } 9807 } 9808 } 9809 } 9810 9811 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9812 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9813 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9814 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9815 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9816 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9817 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9818 // struct or something similar. 9819 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9820 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9821 *Name)) { 9822 bool SafeToContinue 9823 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9824 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9825 if (SafeToContinue) 9826 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9827 << Name 9828 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9829 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9830 else 9831 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9832 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9833 9834 if (SafeToContinue) 9835 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9836 else { 9837 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9838 Name = 0; 9839 Previous.clear(); 9840 Invalid = true; 9841 } 9842 } 9843 9844 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9845 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9846 9847 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9848 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9849 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9850 if (ScopedEnum) 9851 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9852 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9853 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9854 return PrevTagDecl; 9855 } 9856 9857 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9858 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9859 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9860 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9861 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9862 9863 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9864 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9865 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9866 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9867 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9868 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9869 } 9870 9871 if (!Invalid) { 9872 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9873 9874 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9875 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9876 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9877 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9878 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9879 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9880 return PrevTagDecl; 9881 9882 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9883 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9884 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9885 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9886 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9887 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9888 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9889 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9890 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9891 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9892 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9893 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9894 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9895 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9896 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9897 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9898 } 9899 9900 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9901 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9902 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9903 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9904 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9905 else 9906 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9907 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9908 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9909 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9910 // references get the previous definition. 9911 Name = 0; 9912 Previous.clear(); 9913 Invalid = true; 9914 } 9915 } else { 9916 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9917 // about a nested redefinition. 9918 const TagType *Tag 9919 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9920 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9921 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9922 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9923 diag::note_previous_definition); 9924 Name = 0; 9925 Previous.clear(); 9926 Invalid = true; 9927 } 9928 } 9929 9930 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9931 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9932 } 9933 } 9934 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9935 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9936 9937 } else { 9938 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9939 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9940 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9941 // have distinct types. 9942 Previous.clear(); 9943 } 9944 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9945 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9946 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9947 9948 9949 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9950 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9951 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9952 } else { 9953 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9954 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9955 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9956 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9957 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9958 unsigned Kind = 0; 9959 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9960 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9961 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9962 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9963 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9964 Invalid = true; 9965 9966 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9967 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9968 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9969 // do nothing 9970 9971 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9972 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9973 unsigned Kind = 0; 9974 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9975 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9976 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9977 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9978 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9979 Invalid = true; 9980 9981 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9982 // case here. 9983 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9984 unsigned Kind = 0; 9985 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9986 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9987 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9988 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9989 Invalid = true; 9990 9991 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9992 } else { 9993 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9994 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9995 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9996 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9997 Name = 0; 9998 Invalid = true; 9999 } 10000 10001 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10002 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10003 Previous.clear(); 10004 } 10005 } 10006 10007CreateNewDecl: 10008 10009 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10010 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10011 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10012 10013 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10014 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10015 // keyword. 10016 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10017 10018 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10019 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10020 // PrevDecl. 10021 TagDecl *New; 10022 10023 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10024 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10025 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10026 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10027 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10028 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10029 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10030 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10031 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10032 TagDecl *Def; 10033 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10034 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10035 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10036 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10037 } 10038 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10039 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10040 << New; 10041 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10042 } else { 10043 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10044 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10045 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10046 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10047 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10048 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10049 10050 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10051 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10052 // the declaration context. 10053 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10054 IsForwardReference = true; 10055 } 10056 } 10057 10058 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10059 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10060 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10061 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10062 else 10063 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10064 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10065 } 10066 10067 } else { 10068 // struct/union/class 10069 10070 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10071 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10072 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10073 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10074 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10075 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10076 10077 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10078 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10079 } else 10080 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10081 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10082 } 10083 10084 // Maybe add qualifier info. 10085 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10086 if (SS.isSet()) { 10087 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 10088 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 10089 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 10090 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 10091 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 10092 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 10093 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 10094 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 10095 Invalid = true; 10096 10097 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 10098 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 10099 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 10100 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 10101 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10102 } 10103 } 10104 else 10105 Invalid = true; 10106 } 10107 10108 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 10109 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 10110 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 10111 // 10112 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10113 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10114 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10115 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10116 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10117 // parsing of the struct). 10118 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10119 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10120 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10121 } 10122 } 10123 10124 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10125 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10127 << 2 10128 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10129 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10130 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10131 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10132 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10133 New->setModulePrivate(); 10134 } 10135 10136 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10137 // check the specialization. 10138 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10139 Invalid = true; 10140 10141 if (Invalid) 10142 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10143 10144 if (Attr) 10145 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10146 10147 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10148 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10149 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10150 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10151 10152 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10153 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10154 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10155 10156 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10157 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10158 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10159 // the tag name visible. 10160 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10161 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 10162 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 10163 10164 // Set the access specifier. 10165 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10166 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10167 10168 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10169 New->startDefinition(); 10170 10171 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10172 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10173 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10174 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10175 if (PrevDecl) 10176 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10177 10178 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10179 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10180 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10181 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10182 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10183 } else if (Name) { 10184 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10185 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10186 if (IsForwardReference) 10187 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10188 10189 } else { 10190 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10191 } 10192 10193 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 10194 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 10195 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 10196 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 10197 II->isStr("FILE")) 10198 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 10199 10200 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 10201 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 10202 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10203 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 10204 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 10205 10206 if (PrevDecl) 10207 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 10208 10209 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10210 // record. 10211 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 10212 10213 OwnedDecl = true; 10214 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 10215 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 10216 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 10217} 10218 10219void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10220 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10221 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10222 10223 // Enter the tag context. 10224 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 10225 10226 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 10227 10228 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10229 // record. 10230 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 10231} 10232 10233Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 10234 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 10235 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 10236 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 10237 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 10238 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 10239 CurContext = OCD; 10240 return IDecl; 10241} 10242 10243void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10244 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 10245 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 10246 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10247 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 10248 10249 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 10250 10251 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 10252 return; 10253 10254 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 10255 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 10256 10257 // C++ [class]p2: 10258 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 10259 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 10260 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 10261 // as if it were a public member name. 10262 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 10263 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 10264 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 10265 Record->getIdentifier(), 10266 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 10267 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 10268 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 10269 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 10270 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 10271 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 10272 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 10273 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 10274 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 10275 "Broken injected-class-name"); 10276} 10277 10278void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10279 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 10280 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10281 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10282 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 10283 10284 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10285 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10286 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10287 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10288 RD->completeDefinition(); 10289 } 10290 10291 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10292 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10293 10294 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10295 PopDeclContext(); 10296 10297 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10298 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10299 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10300 10301 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10302 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10303} 10304 10305void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10306 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10307 PopDeclContext(); 10308} 10309 10310void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10311 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10312 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10313 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10314} 10315 10316void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10317 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10318 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10319} 10320 10321void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10322 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10323 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10324 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10325 10326 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10327 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10328 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10329 RD->completeDefinition(); 10330 } 10331 10332 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10333 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10334 // the FieldCollector. 10335 10336 PopDeclContext(); 10337} 10338 10339// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10340ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10341 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10342 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 10343 bool *ZeroWidth) { 10344 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10345 if (ZeroWidth) 10346 *ZeroWidth = true; 10347 10348 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10349 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10350 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10351 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10352 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10353 return ExprError(); 10354 if (FieldName) 10355 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10356 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10357 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10358 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10359 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10360 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10361 return ExprError(); 10362 10363 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10364 // it now. 10365 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10366 return Owned(BitWidth); 10367 10368 llvm::APSInt Value; 10369 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10370 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10371 return ICE; 10372 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10373 10374 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10375 *ZeroWidth = false; 10376 10377 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10378 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10379 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10380 10381 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10382 if (FieldName) 10383 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10384 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10385 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10386 << Value.toString(10); 10387 } 10388 10389 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10390 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10391 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10392 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10393 if (FieldName) 10394 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10395 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10396 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10397 10398 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10399 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10400 } 10401 10402 if (FieldName) 10403 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10404 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10405 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10406 else 10407 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10408 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10409 } 10410 } 10411 10412 return Owned(BitWidth); 10413} 10414 10415/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10416/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10417Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10418 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10419 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10420 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 10421 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 10422 return Res; 10423} 10424 10425/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 10426/// 10427FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 10428 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10429 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 10430 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10431 AccessSpecifier AS) { 10432 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10433 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10434 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10435 10436 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10437 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10438 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10439 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10440 10441 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 10442 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 10443 D.setInvalidType(); 10444 T = Context.IntTy; 10445 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 10446 } 10447 } 10448 10449 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 10450 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 10451 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 10452 D.setInvalidType(); 10453 } 10454 10455 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 10456 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 10457 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 10458 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 10459 D.setInvalidType(); 10460 } 10461 10462 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 10463 10464 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10465 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10466 diag::err_invalid_thread) 10467 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10468 10469 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 10470 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10471 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 10472 LookupName(Previous, S); 10473 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 10474 case LookupResult::Found: 10475 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 10476 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 10477 break; 10478 10479 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 10480 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10481 break; 10482 10483 case LookupResult::NotFound: 10484 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 10485 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 10486 break; 10487 } 10488 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 10489 10490 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10491 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10492 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10493 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10494 PrevDecl = 0; 10495 } 10496 10497 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 10498 PrevDecl = 0; 10499 10500 bool Mutable 10501 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 10502 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 10503 FieldDecl *NewFD 10504 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 10505 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 10506 10507 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10508 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10509 10510 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10511 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 10512 10513 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 10514 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 10515 // with the same name in the same scope. 10516 } else if (II) { 10517 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 10518 } else 10519 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 10520 10521 return NewFD; 10522} 10523 10524/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 10525/// 10526/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 10527/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10528/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10529/// created. 10530/// 10531/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10532/// 10533/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10534FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10535 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10536 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10537 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10538 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10539 SourceLocation TSSL, 10540 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10541 Declarator *D) { 10542 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10543 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10544 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10545 10546 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10547 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10548 if (T.isNull()) { 10549 InvalidDecl = true; 10550 T = Context.IntTy; 10551 } 10552 10553 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10554 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10555 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10556 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10557 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10558 InvalidDecl = true; 10559 } else { 10560 NamedDecl *Def; 10561 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10562 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10563 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10564 InvalidDecl = true; 10565 } 10566 } 10567 } 10568 10569 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10570 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10571 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10572 InvalidDecl = true; 10573 } 10574 10575 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10576 // than a variably modified type. 10577 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10578 bool SizeIsNegative; 10579 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10580 10581 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10582 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10583 SizeIsNegative, 10584 Oversized); 10585 if (FixedTInfo) { 10586 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10587 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10588 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10589 } else { 10590 if (SizeIsNegative) 10591 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10592 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10593 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10594 << Oversized.toString(10); 10595 else 10596 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10597 InvalidDecl = true; 10598 } 10599 } 10600 10601 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10602 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10603 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10604 AbstractFieldType)) 10605 InvalidDecl = true; 10606 10607 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10608 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10609 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10610 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10611 if (!BitWidth) { 10612 InvalidDecl = true; 10613 BitWidth = 0; 10614 ZeroWidth = false; 10615 } 10616 } 10617 10618 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10619 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10620 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10621 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10622 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10623 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10624 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10625 10626 if (DiagID) { 10627 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10628 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10629 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10630 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10631 Mutable = false; 10632 InvalidDecl = true; 10633 } 10634 } 10635 10636 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10637 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10638 if (InvalidDecl) 10639 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10640 10641 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10642 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10643 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10644 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10645 } 10646 10647 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10648 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10649 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10650 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10651 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10652 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10653 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10654 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10655 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10656 // objects. 10657 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10658 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10659 } 10660 } 10661 10662 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10663 // the program is ill-formed. 10664 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10665 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10666 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10667 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10668 } 10669 } 10670 } 10671 10672 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10673 // representation, not a parser representation. 10674 if (D) { 10675 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 10676 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 10677 10678 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 10679 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 10680 } 10681 10682 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10683 // retainable type. 10684 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10685 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10686 10687 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10688 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10689 10690 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10691 return NewFD; 10692} 10693 10694bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10695 assert(FD); 10696 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10697 10698 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10699 return true; 10700 10701 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10702 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10703 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10704 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10705 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10706 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10707 // copy constructors. 10708 10709 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10710 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10711 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10712 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10713 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10714 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10715 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10716 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10717 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10718 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10719 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10720 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10721 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10722 member = CXXDestructor; 10723 10724 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10725 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10726 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10727 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10728 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10729 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10730 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10731 // members unavailable. 10732 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10733 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10734 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10735 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10736 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10737 return false; 10738 } 10739 } 10740 10741 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10742 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10743 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10744 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10745 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10746 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10747 } 10748 } 10749 } 10750 10751 return false; 10752} 10753 10754/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10755/// AST enum value. 10756static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10757TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10758 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10759 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10760 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10761 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10762 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10763 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10764 } 10765} 10766 10767/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10768/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10769Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10770 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10771 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10772 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10773 10774 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10775 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10776 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10777 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10778 10779 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10780 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10781 10782 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10783 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10784 10785 if (BitWidth) { 10786 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10787 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10788 if (!BitWidth) 10789 D.setInvalidType(); 10790 } else { 10791 // Not a bitfield. 10792 10793 // validate II. 10794 10795 } 10796 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10797 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10798 D.setInvalidType(); 10799 } 10800 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10801 // than a variably modified type. 10802 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10803 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10804 D.setInvalidType(); 10805 } 10806 10807 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10808 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10809 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10810 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10811 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10812 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10813 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10814 return 0; 10815 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10816 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10817 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10818 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10819 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10820 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10821 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10822 } 10823 else 10824 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10825 } else { 10826 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10827 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10828 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10829 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10830 return 0; 10831 } 10832 } 10833 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10834 } 10835 10836 // Construct the decl. 10837 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10838 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10839 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10840 10841 if (II) { 10842 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10843 ForRedeclaration); 10844 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10845 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10846 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10847 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10848 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10849 } 10850 } 10851 10852 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10853 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10854 10855 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10856 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10857 10858 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10859 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10860 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10861 10862 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10863 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10864 10865 if (II) { 10866 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10867 // these to the interface. 10868 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10869 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10870 } 10871 10872 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10873 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10874 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10875 10876 return NewID; 10877} 10878 10879/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10880/// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 10881/// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10882/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10883void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10884 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10885 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10886 return; 10887 10888 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10889 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10890 10891 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10892 return; 10893 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10894 if (!ID) { 10895 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10896 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10897 return; 10898 } 10899 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10900 else 10901 return; 10902 } 10903 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10904 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10905 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10906 10907 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10908 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10909 Context.CharTy, 10910 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10911 DeclLoc), 10912 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10913 true); 10914 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10915} 10916 10917void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10918 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10919 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10920 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10921 AttributeList *Attr) { 10922 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10923 10924 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10925 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10926 // it will now change. 10927 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10928 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10929 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10930 default: break; 10931 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10932 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10933 break; 10934 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10935 Context. 10936 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10937 break; 10938 } 10939 } 10940 10941 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10942 10943 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10944 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10945 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10946 if (Record) { 10947 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10948 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10949 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10950 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10951 ++NumNamedMembers; 10952 } 10953 } 10954 10955 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10956 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10957 10958 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10959 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10960 i != end; ++i) { 10961 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10962 10963 // Get the type for the field. 10964 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10965 10966 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10967 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10968 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10969 } 10970 10971 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10972 // diagnostics about it. 10973 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10974 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10975 continue; 10976 } 10977 10978 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10979 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10980 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10981 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10982 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10983 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10984 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10985 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10986 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10987 // array. 10988 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10989 // Field declared as a function. 10990 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10991 << FD->getDeclName(); 10992 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10993 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10994 continue; 10995 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10996 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10997 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10998 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10999 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11000 // Flexible array member. 11001 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11002 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11003 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11004 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 11005 if (Record->isUnion()) 11006 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 11007 << FD->getDeclName(); 11008 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11009 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 11010 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11011 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11012 if (Record->isUnion()) 11013 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11014 << FD->getDeclName(); 11015 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11016 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 11017 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11018 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 11019 if (Record->isUnion()) 11020 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11021 << FD->getDeclName(); 11022 else 11023 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11024 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11025 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 11026 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 11027 << FD->getDeclName(); 11028 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11029 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11030 continue; 11031 } 11032 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 11033 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 11034 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 11035 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11036 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11037 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11038 continue; 11039 } 11040 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11041 if (Record) 11042 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11043 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11044 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11045 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11046 // Incomplete type 11047 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11048 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11049 continue; 11050 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11051 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11052 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11053 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11054 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11055 } else { 11056 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11057 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11058 // structures. 11059 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11060 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11061 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11062 else { 11063 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 11064 // other structs as an extension. 11065 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 11066 << FD->getDeclName(); 11067 if (Record) 11068 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11069 } 11070 } 11071 } 11072 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 11073 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11074 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11075 AbstractIvarType)) { 11076 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 11077 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11078 } 11079 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11080 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11081 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 11082 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11083 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 11084 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 11085 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 11086 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 11087 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 11088 FD->setType(T); 11089 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 11090 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 11091 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 11092 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 11093 // so we just make the field unavailable. 11094 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 11095 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 11096 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11097 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 11098 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 11099 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 11100 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 11101 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 11102 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 11103 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11104 } 11105 } else { 11106 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 11107 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 11108 } 11109 ARCErrReported = true; 11110 } 11111 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11112 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 11113 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 11114 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11115 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11116 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11117 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11118 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11119 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11120 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11121 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11122 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11123 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11124 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11125 } 11126 } 11127 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11128 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11129 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11130 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11131 ++NumNamedMembers; 11132 } 11133 11134 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11135 if (Record) { 11136 bool Completed = false; 11137 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11138 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11139 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11140 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11141 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11142 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11143 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11144 11145 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11146 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11147 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11148 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 11149 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11150 11151 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11152 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11153 11154 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11155 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11156 // problem now. 11157 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11158 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11159 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11160 11161 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11162 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11163 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11164 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11165 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11166 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11167 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11168 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11169 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11170 continue; 11171 11172 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11173 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11174 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11175 // program is ill-formed. 11176 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11177 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 11178 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 11179 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 11180 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 11181 OM = SO->second.begin(), 11182 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 11183 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 11184 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 11185 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 11186 11187 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11188 } 11189 } 11190 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 11191 Completed = true; 11192 } 11193 } 11194 } 11195 } 11196 11197 if (!Completed) 11198 Record->completeDefinition(); 11199 11200 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 11201 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 11202 } else { 11203 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 11204 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 11205 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11206 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 11207 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 11208 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11209 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 11210 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11211 } 11212 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 11213 // duplicates. 11214 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 11215 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 11216 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11217 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11218 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 11219 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 11220 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 11221 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 11222 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 11223 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 11224 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11225 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11226 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11227 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11228 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 11229 // reported as errors elsewhere. 11230 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 11231 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 11232 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 11233 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 11234 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 11235 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11236 if (IDecl) { 11237 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 11238 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11239 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11240 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11241 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11242 continue; 11243 } 11244 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 11245 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 11246 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 11247 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 11248 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 11249 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11250 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11251 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11252 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11253 continue; 11254 } 11255 } 11256 } 11257 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 11258 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11259 } 11260 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11261 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11262 } 11263 } 11264 11265 if (Attr) 11266 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 11267} 11268 11269/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 11270/// the given type T. 11271static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 11272 llvm::APSInt &Value, 11273 QualType T) { 11274 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11275 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 11276 11277 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 11278 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 11279 --BitWidth; 11280 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 11281 } 11282 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 11283} 11284 11285// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 11286// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 11287static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 11288 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11289 // enum checking below. 11290 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11291 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11292 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11293 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11294 }; 11295 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11296 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11297 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11298 }; 11299 11300 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11301 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11302 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11303 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11304 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11305 return Types[I]; 11306 11307 return QualType(); 11308} 11309 11310EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11311 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11312 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11313 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11314 Expr *Val) { 11315 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11316 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11317 QualType EltTy; 11318 11319 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11320 Val = 0; 11321 11322 if (Val) 11323 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11324 11325 if (Val) { 11326 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11327 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11328 else { 11329 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11330 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11331 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11332 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11333 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11334 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11335 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11336 ExprResult Converted = 11337 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11338 CCEK_Enumerator); 11339 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11340 Val = 0; 11341 else 11342 Val = Converted.take(); 11343 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11344 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11345 &EnumVal).take())) { 11346 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11347 } else { 11348 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11349 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11350 11351 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11352 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11353 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11354 // expression checking. 11355 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11356 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11357 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11358 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11359 } else 11360 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11361 } else 11362 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11363 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11364 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11365 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11366 // is the type of its initializing value: 11367 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11368 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11369 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11370 } else { 11371 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 11372 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 11373 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 11374 // representable as an int. 11375 11376 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 11377 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 11378 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11379 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 11380 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 11381 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 11382 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 11383 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11384 } 11385 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11386 } 11387 } 11388 } 11389 } 11390 11391 if (!Val) { 11392 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 11393 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11394 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 11395 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11396 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11397 // is the type of its initializing value: 11398 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 11399 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 11400 // 11401 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 11402 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 11403 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11404 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11405 } 11406 else { 11407 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 11408 } 11409 } else { 11410 // Assign the last value + 1. 11411 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11412 ++EnumVal; 11413 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 11414 11415 // Check for overflow on increment. 11416 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 11417 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11418 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11419 // is the type of its initializing value: 11420 // 11421 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 11422 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 11423 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 11424 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 11425 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 11426 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 11427 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 11428 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 11429 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 11430 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 11431 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11432 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 11433 ++EnumVal; 11434 if (Enum->isFixed()) 11435 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 11436 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 11437 << EnumVal.toString(10) 11438 << EltTy; 11439 else 11440 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 11441 << EnumVal.toString(10); 11442 } else { 11443 EltTy = T; 11444 } 11445 11446 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 11447 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 11448 // value, then increment. 11449 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11450 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11451 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11452 ++EnumVal; 11453 11454 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 11455 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 11456 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 11457 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 11458 // integral type. 11459 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 11460 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 11461 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11462 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11463 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 11464 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11465 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 11466 } 11467 } 11468 } 11469 11470 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11471 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 11472 // enumerator's type. 11473 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11474 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11475 } 11476 11477 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 11478 Val, EnumVal); 11479} 11480 11481 11482Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 11483 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 11484 AttributeList *Attr, 11485 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 11486 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 11487 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 11488 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 11489 11490 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 11491 // we find one that is. 11492 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11493 11494 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 11495 // scope. 11496 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 11497 ForRedeclaration); 11498 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11499 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11500 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 11501 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11502 PrevDecl = 0; 11503 } 11504 11505 if (PrevDecl) { 11506 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 11507 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 11508 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 11509 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 11510 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 11511 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11512 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 11513 else 11514 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 11515 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11516 return 0; 11517 } 11518 } 11519 11520 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 11521 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 11522 // different from T: 11523 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 11524 // enumerated type 11525 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 11526 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 11527 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 11528 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 11529 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 11530 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 11531 11532 EnumConstantDecl *New = 11533 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11534 11535 if (New) { 11536 // Process attributes. 11537 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11538 11539 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11540 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11541 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11542 } 11543 11544 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11545 11546 return New; 11547} 11548 11549// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11550// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11551// Element2 = Element1 11552// Element2 = Element1 + 1 11553// Element2 = Element1 - 1 11554// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11555static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11556 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11557 if (!InitExpr) 11558 return true; 11559 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11560 11561 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11562 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11563 return true; 11564 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11565 if (!IL) 11566 return true; 11567 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11568 return true; 11569 11570 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11571 } 11572 11573 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11574 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11575 if (!DRE) 11576 return true; 11577 11578 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11579 if (!EnumConstant) 11580 return true; 11581 11582 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11583 Enum) 11584 return true; 11585 11586 return false; 11587} 11588 11589struct DupKey { 11590 int64_t val; 11591 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11592 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11593 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11594}; 11595 11596static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11597 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11598 false); 11599} 11600 11601struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11602 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11603 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11604 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11605 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11606 } 11607 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11608 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11609 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11610 } 11611}; 11612 11613// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11614// a previous element has already been set to. 11615static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11616 EnumDecl *Enum, 11617 QualType EnumType) { 11618 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11619 Enum->getLocation()) == 11620 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11621 return; 11622 // Avoid anonymous enums 11623 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11624 return; 11625 11626 // Only check for small enums. 11627 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11628 return; 11629 11630 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11631 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11632 11633 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11634 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11635 ValueToVectorMap; 11636 11637 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11638 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11639 11640 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11641 // an initialier. 11642 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11643 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11644 11645 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11646 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11647 if (!ECD) { 11648 return; 11649 } 11650 11651 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11652 continue; 11653 11654 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11655 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11656 11657 // First time encountering this value. 11658 if (Entry.isNull()) 11659 Entry = ECD; 11660 } 11661 11662 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11663 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11664 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11665 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11666 continue; 11667 11668 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11669 11670 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11671 if (Entry.isNull()) 11672 continue; 11673 11674 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11675 // Ensure constants are different. 11676 if (D == ECD) 11677 continue; 11678 11679 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11680 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11681 Vec->push_back(D); 11682 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11683 11684 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11685 Entry = Vec; 11686 11687 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11688 // diagnostics. 11689 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11690 continue; 11691 } 11692 11693 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11694 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11695 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11696 continue; 11697 11698 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11699 } 11700 11701 // Emit diagnostics. 11702 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11703 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11704 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11705 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11706 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11707 11708 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11709 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11710 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11711 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11712 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11713 ++I; 11714 11715 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11716 // the same value. 11717 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11718 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11719 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11720 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11721 delete Vec; 11722 } 11723} 11724 11725void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11726 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11727 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11728 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11729 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11730 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11731 11732 if (Attr) 11733 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11734 11735 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11736 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11737 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11738 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11739 if (!ECD) continue; 11740 11741 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11742 } 11743 11744 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11745 return; 11746 } 11747 11748 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11749 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11750 // emit a warning. 11751 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11752 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11753 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11754 11755 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 11756 // reverse the list. 11757 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 11758 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 11759 11760 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 11761 bool AllElementsInt = true; 11762 11763 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11764 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11765 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11766 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11767 11768 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11769 11770 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 11771 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 11772 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 11773 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 11774 else 11775 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 11776 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 11777 11778 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 11779 if (AllElementsInt) 11780 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 11781 } 11782 11783 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 11784 QualType BestType; 11785 unsigned BestWidth; 11786 11787 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 11788 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 11789 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 11790 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 11791 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 11792 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 11793 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 11794 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 11795 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 11796 QualType BestPromotionType; 11797 11798 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 11799 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 11800 // enum definitions. 11801 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 11802 Packed = true; 11803 11804 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11805 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11806 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 11807 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 11808 else 11809 BestPromotionType = BestType; 11810 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 11811 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 11812 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 11813 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11814 } 11815 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 11816 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 11817 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 11818 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11819 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11820 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11821 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11822 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11823 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11824 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11825 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11826 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11827 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11828 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11829 } else { 11830 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11831 11832 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11833 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11834 } else { 11835 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11836 11837 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11838 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11839 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11840 } 11841 } 11842 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11843 } else { 11844 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11845 // all of the enumerator values. 11846 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11847 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11848 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11849 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11850 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11851 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11852 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11853 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11854 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11855 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11856 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11857 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11858 BestPromotionType 11859 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11860 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11861 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11862 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11863 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11864 BestPromotionType 11865 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11866 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11867 } else { 11868 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11869 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11870 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11871 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11872 BestPromotionType 11873 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11874 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11875 } 11876 } 11877 11878 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11879 // the type of the enum if needed. 11880 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11881 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11882 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11883 11884 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11885 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11886 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11887 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11888 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11889 11890 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11891 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11892 11893 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11894 // the enum decl type. 11895 QualType NewTy; 11896 unsigned NewWidth; 11897 bool NewSign; 11898 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11899 !Enum->isFixed() && 11900 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11901 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11902 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11903 NewSign = true; 11904 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11905 // Already the right type! 11906 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11907 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11908 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11909 // enumeration. 11910 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11911 continue; 11912 } else { 11913 NewTy = BestType; 11914 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11915 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11916 } 11917 11918 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11919 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11920 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11921 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11922 11923 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11924 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11925 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11926 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11927 CK_IntegralCast, 11928 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11929 /*base paths*/ 0, 11930 VK_RValue)); 11931 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11932 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11933 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11934 // enumeration. 11935 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11936 else 11937 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11938 } 11939 11940 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11941 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11942 11943 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11944 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11945 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11946 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11947 11948 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 11949 11950 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 11951 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 11952 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 11953} 11954 11955Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11956 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11957 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11958 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11959 11960 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11961 AsmString, StartLoc, 11962 EndLoc); 11963 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11964 return New; 11965} 11966 11967DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11968 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11969 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11970 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11971 Module::AllVisible, 11972 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11973 if (!Mod) 11974 return true; 11975 11976 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11977 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11978 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11979 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11980 // We need the length to be consistent. 11981 if (!ModCheck) 11982 break; 11983 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11984 11985 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11986 } 11987 11988 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11989 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11990 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11991 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11992 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11993 return Import; 11994} 11995 11996void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 11997 // Create the implicit import declaration. 11998 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11999 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 12000 Loc, Mod, Loc); 12001 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 12002 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 12003 12004 // Make the module visible. 12005 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 12006 /*Complain=*/false); 12007} 12008 12009void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12010 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12011 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12012 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12013 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12014 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 12015 LookupOrdinaryName); 12016 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 12017 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 12018 12019 if (PrevDecl) 12020 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 12021 else 12022 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12023 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 12024} 12025 12026void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12027 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12028 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12029 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 12030 12031 if (PrevDecl) { 12032 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 12033 } else { 12034 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12035 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 12036 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 12037 } 12038} 12039 12040void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12041 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12042 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12043 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12044 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12045 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 12046 LookupOrdinaryName); 12047 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 12048 12049 if (PrevDecl) { 12050 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 12051 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12052 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 12053 } else { 12054 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12055 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 12056 } 12057} 12058 12059Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 12060 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 12061} 12062 12063AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 12064 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 12065 return D->getAvailability(); 12066} 12067